{"title":"ARB","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAt ARB, we are passionate about our products and our service. We design and sell products that reflect our philosophy of practicality, reliability and quality. We believe that products should be over-engineered and should integrate easily together. When you fit out a vehicle with ARB products you know that our team has considered your needs and desires. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eARB TIMELINE\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1975:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eTony Brown begins manufacturing roof racks and bullbars in the family garage. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1987:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eARB buys the Roberts Diff Lock which is re-launched as Air Locker here and in the USA. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1987:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eARB designs and manufactures its own 12V air compressor. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1988:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eARB takes on the Old Man Emu (OME) suspension business and continues to develop the range. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1991:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eCompany starts it’s operations in the USA \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1997:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eThe first ARB airbag-compatible bullbar is released after extensive real-world crash testing with Monash University. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1998:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eARB designs and manufactures its own range of canopies. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2005:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eARB develops its own range of 4WD recovery gear. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2008:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eThe innovative ARB fridge\/freezer is introduced. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2012:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eARB Intensity LED driving lights are launched. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2014:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eCompany establishes it’s European distribution hub in Prague \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2014:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eCompany acquires Smart Bar in South Australia and is offers range of deformable front protection systems.  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2014:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eNew ARB Ascent Canopy range is launched. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2015:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eRevolutionary BP-51 bypass high-performance shock absorbers are born. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2016:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eThe Frontier long-range polymer fuel tank is launched. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2020:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eCompany acquires Proform New Zealand, and it offers a range of vacuum-formed products that includes bedliners, tonneau covers and hardtop shells. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2021:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eCompany acquires Auto Styling Truckman Group Great Britain and launches ARB’s own distribution in the UK \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"arb-summit-mkii-bullbar-bumper-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-2022","title":"ARB Summit MkII Bull Bar for 2022+ Ford Ranger Raptor","description":"\u003cp class=\"standfirst\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel protection, a tougher look and room for a winch.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA Summit MkII gives the Raptor a purposeful touring front end before you add a single accessory. Shaped steel wings, a matt-black finish and a dedicated mounting system bring protection and a finished appearance together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eARB 3440660 also gives you the provision to build around a winch, driving lights and communications equipment. The bar package includes its integrated lighting and mounts; the optional equipment and installation are separate choices.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-identifiers\"\u003eSKU: XVFBF3440660 · Manufacturer part number: 3440660\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProtection with a finished factory fit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe zinc-coated steel bar uses 60.3 mm outer and centre tubes, 2.6 mm tube walls and 3 mm wings and pans. The pressed top pan, 30 mm wing\/centre radius, underpanels and aluminium winch cover carry the design across the front of the truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIntegrated fog, daytime-running, indicator and clearance-light functions are part of the bar. Extra driving lamps are separate, leaving you free to choose the beam for your journeys. Two CB aerial brackets give the radio installation a proper place too.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNext-generation Ford Ranger Raptor; 2022-on\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel with zinc-coated surface and powdercoat finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOuter and centre tubes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60.3 mm diameter; 2.6 mm wall thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWings and pans\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWing\/centre radius\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBumper-cut; pressed top pan and aluminium winch cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAerial mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo CB aerial brackets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOther features\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo jack points and underpanels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatt-black powdercoat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBar, mounts and fitting kit weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e79 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOriginal equipment removed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eApproximate net added weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62 kg before optional accessories; calculated as 79 kg minus 17 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAdded vehicle length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e165 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eJacking points\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo ARB Jack \/ Hi-Lift Jack points; not recovery attachments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWinch installation kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3540240; separate accessory, identified in ARB fitting instructions 37801240\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePlan your winch into the first installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf a winch is on your list, fit it with the bar. ARB recommends that approach on this Raptor application; adding one later can repeat labour.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bar accepts compatible low-mount Warn, Magnum, Bushranger and Smittybilt winches up to 10,000 lb. Match the exact model as well as its rating. The optional winch installation kit is 3540240. The winch and its required installation kit are separate from the bar price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get and what to add\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe £2,650 price covers the bar, chassis mounts and fitting kit, underpanels, aluminium winch cover, integrated lighting and two aerial brackets. The two ARB Jack \/ Hi-Lift Jack points are built into the bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eExtra driving lamps, a winch, aerials, radio equipment, accessory wiring and installation are separate. The jack points are for jacking; use appropriate recovery attachments for recovery pulls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKeep the camera and sensors working with the new front end\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a bumper-cut installation. The ARB guide transfers the camera and washer nozzle to dedicated brackets and relocates the front parking sensors. That is practical integration work for the installer alongside cutting, finishing, wiring and bar alignment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting should include functional checks and any calibration required for the vehicle. The bar is airbag compatible and ADR compliant for the specified ARB application; the finished installation still needs to meet the requirements where the truck is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAllow for the size and weight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bar, mounts and fitting kit weigh 79 kg and replace 17 kg of original equipment: approximately 62 kg net added weight before a winch or other accessories. That is a component-weight calculation, not a measured front-axle increase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bar adds 165 mm to vehicle length. Allow for garage and parking clearance, and include the full front-end equipment in the vehicle and axle-load plan. The bar does not raise the truck’s permitted load limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBuying your Summit MkII through us\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe UK price includes VAT, customs charges and supplier shipping. Installation and optional accessories are separate. We can provide the availability and delivery estimate for your address before the fitting is booked; non-UK orders need a separate quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse manufacturer part number 3440660 or our SKU XVFBF3440660 when discussing the order. We can help match the winch and lighting accessories to the bar before fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fit the standard Ranger?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. ARB 3440660 is the Summit MkII for the 2022-on next-generation Ranger Raptor. Standard Rangers and earlier Raptors need their own specified bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the winch included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Choose a compatible winch and the required installation kit separately. The current ARB fitting guide names 3540240 for winch installation; we would plan it into the bar’s first fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre driving lights and aerials included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bar’s integrated lighting and two aerial brackets are included. Additional driving lamps, aerials, radio equipment and their wiring are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the bumper need cutting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is a bumper-cut installation, with camera and sensor relocation as set out in the ARB guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I recover the truck from the jack points?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. They are ARB Jack \/ Hi-Lift Jack points. Recovery pulls require suitable recovery attachments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much larger and heavier will the truck be?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bar adds 165 mm of length and approximately 62 kg net before accessories. Include the winch, lamps and other equipment when assessing the completed vehicle’s loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does ARB’s compliance statement cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eARB states airbag and ADR compliance for its specified application. It does not establish blanket approval for every UK vehicle or accessory installation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51419579744598,"sku":"XVFBF3440660","price":2650.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/PXL_20250328_102359118-EDIT_2.jpg?v=1759077555"},{"product_id":"arb-dual-compressor-kit-ford-ranger-raptor-2022","title":"ARB Twin Compressor Kit for Ford Ranger Raptor — Rear Tub Mount","description":"\u003cp class=\"standfirst\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAir down for the track. Have the air on board for the drive home.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAiring back up should be a natural part of finishing the trail. This ARB twin-compressor installation keeps the air source on the Raptor, with a vehicle-specific mount in the right rear of the tub instead of a portable compressor taking up cargo space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a useful upgrade for a truck that regularly moves between road and off-road pressures: the equipment travels with the vehicle, ready to connect when the tyres need reinflating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-identifiers\"\u003eSKU: XAA3540360T\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose permanently mounted air?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe value is convenience as well as output. You avoid unpacking a separate compressor and finding a temporary position for it each time, while retaining more of the tub for camping gear and the rest of the trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eARB’s brushed twin-compressor system is rated for 100% duty at 90 psi under its specified conditions. Airflow is 174.4 L\/min at zero pressure and 131.8 L\/min at 200 kPa. Airflow falls as pressure rises; 200 kPa is a test point, not the maximum operating pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2022+ Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 EcoBoost petrol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSystem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 V brushed twin on-board compressor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMounting position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRight rear of tub\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAirflow at 0 kPa\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 174.4 L\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAirflow at 200 kPa\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 131.8 L\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDuty cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% at 90 psi under ARB conditions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProtection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThermal protection and filtered intake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied installation equipment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaptor rear tub mount, wiring and switchgear, braided airline, remote outlet, control panel, mounting pieces, fixings and cable ties, as pictured.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat comes with the Raptor kit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eARB twin compressor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRaptor-specific rear tub mounting bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWiring looms and switchgear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBraided compressor airline and remote air outlet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControl panel and its mounting pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation fixings and cable ties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eAll the equipment in our kit photograph is included. The bracket keeps the compressor at the right rear of the tub, with a remote outlet for connecting your tyre-inflation equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck that the outlet and controls will remain accessible alongside your drawers, lining or canopy. That easy access is what makes permanently mounted air useful every time you leave the trail.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat to plan before fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA permanent 12 V installation needs appropriate wiring, circuit protection and secure air-line routing. The right-rear tub position must work with any drawers, lining, canopy or other equipment already fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe would plan a reachable outlet and room to service the compressor filters, rather than burying the installation behind storage. Your installer should test the complete air circuit and confirm the pressure-control operation before handover.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eUsing it on trips\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSet road and off-road pressures for your tyre, vehicle load and terrain, then reinflate appropriately before road travel. Larger tyres and a bigger pressure change take longer to inflate, so allow time for all four before setting off.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck the air filter and connections as part of upkeep. Suitable air tools may need additional storage capacity and matching air demand; a twin compressor does not make every pneumatic tool a plug-in accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it take up the main load-bed floor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe vehicle-specific installation mounts at the right rear of the tub. Check access alongside drawers, lining and other fitted equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included in this kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe twin compressor, Raptor rear tub mount, wiring and switchgear, braided airline, remote outlet, control panel, mounting pieces and fixings shown in our kit photograph are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it work with my factory diff locks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour factory locks remain their own system. The compressor does not turn them into ARB Air Lockers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I run air tools?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable air tools can run from a system with the required pressure, airflow and additional tank capacity. Match the air system to the tool’s demand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat affects how quickly I can air back up?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTyre size and the pressure change determine the time. The twin compressor delivers 131.8 L\/min at 200 kPa and is permanently mounted, ready for airing back up without unpacking a portable unit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51420499738966,"sku":"XAA3540360T","price":800.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/lead_image.webp?v=1758919945"},{"product_id":"arb-altitude-rooftop-tent","title":"ARB Altitude Electric Rooftop Tent for Two - XCTR802500","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWake up somewhere worth the drive.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOpen the windows, let the morning in and enjoy the view from your own double bed. The ARB Altitude puts a comfortable room on top of your touring vehicle, with electric opening and closing, space to leave your bedding inside and thoughtful details that make a few nights away feel like a proper holiday. It is ARB’s flagship rooftop tent, built for two people who want to travel with their own bed and make the most of every stop.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCTR802500\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLess to unpack when you arrive\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAfter a long drive, being able to leave the bed made is a luxury you will appreciate. The Altitude has room to close with bedding inside, with recessed roof nets for pillows and bulkier items. Its ladder travels in a separate compartment within the upper shell, so it does not take up space alongside your bags, food and recovery gear. Set out the ladder, release the two external latches and press the button: the electric scissor lift raises the roof for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRoom to enjoy being away\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe roof rises at both ends, creating a room with upright walls and 1180 mm of headroom. There is space to sit up with a book, get changed or take your time over the first coffee of the day. The included 1370 × 1870 mm double mattress uses 70 mm dual-density foam. Open the corner windows and side doors for a panoramic view, or close the fabric panels for privacy. Insect mesh lets you enjoy ventilation while keeping the sleeping space screened.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eComfort after the sun goes down\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDimmable white and amber lighting lets you choose bright light for finding your things or a softer setting before bed. The roof fan has adjustable speeds and can draw air in or extract it, helping you keep air moving on warmer nights. USB and USB-C charging keep your phone close to hand, while bottle holders, phone pockets and roof nets give the small essentials somewhere to live. The moulded headliner separates you from the ladder compartment and adds an insulating layer beneath the shell.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA ladder you will appreciate in bare feet\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWide 360 × 175 mm treads sit flat when the ladder is correctly positioned, giving your feet a proper step. Folding handrails provide something substantial to hold on the climb, and white or amber lighting beneath the attachment rail lights your way after dark. The ladder can attach to either side of the tent, so you can choose the entrance that works with your awning, parking position and campsite. It adjusts for vehicle heights from 1735 to 2110 mm; an extension is available separately for taller installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAn easier start the next morning\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSmartFold hinges guide the canvas inward as the powered roof lowers, reducing the handling involved in packing away. Lay the bedding flat, put pillows in the roof nets and close the fabric panels before lowering. Keep an eye on the canvas as it folds, particularly in a breeze, then secure the latches and return the ladder to its compartment. For a trip with a different stop each night, keeping the bed and ladder together makes the daily routine much simpler.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBuilt to stay part of your touring setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe contoured fibreglass shell has a two-tone grey gel-coat finish over an aluminium frame. A 17 mm honeycomb base and 380 GSM polycotton canvas give the tent its structure, with corner drainage points for rainwater and seals that close those openings for travel. Integrated T-slot rails carry up to 20 kg, including the mounting hardware, and the electric lift can operate with that load in place. Suitable boards or recovery equipment can therefore stay secured above the tent overnight, within the complete vehicle and rack limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat comes with your Altitude\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tent includes its electric lift and SmartFold system, double mattress, internally stored ladder with folding handrails, interior and ladder lighting, roof fan, charging sockets, storage pockets and nets, roof rails, bracket clamps and a 3 m power lead. Plan the vehicle mounting and 12 V connection alongside the tent. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-altitude-side-awning-kit\"\u003eside awning\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-altitude-roof-cross-bar-kit\"\u003eroof crossbars\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-altitude-tent-ladder-extension\"\u003eladder extension\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-altitude-120w-solar-panel-kit-altitude\"\u003esolar kit\u003c\/a\u003e are optional accessories, chosen to suit how you travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMake it work with your vehicle\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Altitude weighs 106 kg dry, so the roof and mounting arrangement need to be considered before ordering. The travelling load includes the tent, rack or mounts and anything carried on top; occupied use needs the appropriate static capacity too. Measure the finished vehicle height for your garage and usual parking spots. Tell us your vehicle and existing roof setup and we can help work through the mounting and accessory choices.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAward-winning design\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Altitude won the Roof Tents over £2,000 category at the Caravan and Motorhome Club’s 2025 Lightweight Leisure Awards. It brings the powered setup, usable living space and integrated comforts together in a tent designed to earn its place on a well-equipped touring vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct code\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCTR802500; ARB model 802500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOccupancy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo adults\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOperation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 V electric scissor lift with SmartFold canvas hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMattress\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1370 × 1870 × 70 mm; dual-density foam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal headroom\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClosed dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2253 × 1612 × 372 mm (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2253 × 1612 × 1339 mm (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e106 kg dry; 107 kg tent-and-ladder installation allowance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFibreglass shell, aluminium frame and 17 mm honeycomb base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTent fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380 GSM polycotton canvas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEntry\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBoth sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLadder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolding handrails; 360 × 175 mm treads; internal storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLadder load rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e102 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard ladder height range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1735-2110 mm vehicle height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoof-rail load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 kg including mounting hardware; lift operates with this load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectrical connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 V through an Anderson connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLighting and ventilation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimmable white\/amber interior LEDs, ladder lighting and reversible variable-speed fan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB and USB-C sockets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree-year ARB warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU \/ part number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCTR802500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose the Altitude over a simpler rooftop tent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe would choose it for regular touring where the ease of each overnight stop matters. Powered opening and closing, a full-height sleeping space, bedding storage and the handrail ladder are the main reasons to spend more. A lighter manual tent may suit you better if keeping roof weight and cost down comes first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I leave my duvet and pillows inside?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Lay bedding flat and clear of the mattress edges, and use the recessed roof nets for pillows. A particularly thick duvet or added mattress topper may need to be removed if it stops the shell closing correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs everything automatic?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe roof raises and lowers electrically, and the SmartFold hinges guide the canvas. You still set out and stow the ladder, release and secure the latches, arrange bedding and check the fabric as it closes. The automation takes care of the lifting and folding mechanism; you remain in control of packing up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill two tall adults have enough room?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe mattress is 1870 mm long and 1370 mm wide. Compare those measurements with the bed space you find comfortable at home, especially if either of you is tall. The 1180 mm headroom makes sitting up easier, but it does not add sleeping length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I charge my phone and run the fan overnight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, with a suitable 12 V supply connected. USB charging, the fan and lighting run from that supply, so the available battery capacity and what you use determine runtime. Interior power switches off when you begin lowering the tent; that does not remove the need to manage your battery while camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat happens if the electric lift loses power?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA manual emergency release is built in. The procedure requires the upper shell to be supported and appropriate assistance, so familiarise yourself with the instructions before travelling. Inside the open tent, the actuator-disable switch prevents someone operating the external lift controls while you are in bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it cope with rain and condensation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe heavy polycotton canvas, closable panels and shell drains are designed for camping in changing weather. Keep ventilation open as conditions allow and use the fan to move air; condensation can still occur. Season the canvas with three complete wet-and-dry cycles before your first trip. After packing away wet, reopen it to dry fully as soon as possible. Do not use the tent in strong winds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to remove equipment from the roof before opening?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, provided the equipment is properly secured to suitable mounts and the total roof-rail load, including mounting hardware, stays within 20 kg. Vehicle, rack and accessory limits still apply. The optional crossbars give you further mounting choices.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the vehicle for day trips once camp is set up?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, after closing and securing the tent and stowing the ladder. A roof tent travels with the vehicle, so it has to be packed away before you drive. The powered mechanism and bedding storage are particularly useful when you plan to head out each morning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat needs to be arranged before fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA suitable mounting arrangement and 12 V power connection are essential. Check the complete roof load and vehicle height, and whether your installation needs the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-altitude-tent-ladder-extension\"\u003eoptional ladder extension\u003c\/a\u003e. The included 3 m lead connects to a suitable vehicle-side Anderson socket or a correctly installed hardwired supply. A battery, roof rack and the optional camping accessories are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51685498388822,"sku":"XCTR802500","price":5384.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/01.webp?v=1761605136"},{"product_id":"arb-esperance-2-rooftop-tent-hard-shell","title":"ARB Esperance 2.0 Hardshell Rooftop Tent - 802200V2","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMore time enjoying camp, less time getting your bed ready\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Esperance 2.0 brings your sleeping space, mattress and ladder together in a compact rooftop package. Fold it out, settle into the foam mattress and enjoy a view through the moonroof. It is a practical way to make spontaneous nights away feel more comfortable, with useful lighting and storage already built into the tent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCTR802200V2\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKeep your sleeping area comfortable and tidy\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe egg-crate foam mattress has a soft quilted cover that can be removed for washing. Internal pockets give phones, keys and other small essentials somewhere to live, while shoe and cargo pockets help keep the sleeping area clearer. The ladder stores inside the closed tent and uses angled steps for more comfortable climbing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eEnjoy the view when the weather changes\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe moonroof has a corresponding clear panel in the rain fly, so fitting weather protection does not mean losing the view above you. Zip-on transparent windows let you close openings against the weather, and can be removed when airflow matters more. High-level ventilation windows help release humid air rather than trapping it inside.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLight for getting ready for bed\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIntegrated 12 V electrics put the controls within reach inside the shell. Interior lighting is useful for getting ready for bed; the exterior LEDs illuminate the entrance and the space around the optional annex. A suitable external power supply is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePacking down for the drive\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ABS hardshell closes to 1520 x 1200 x 330 mm and the tent weighs 58 kg dry. Include the mounting system and any stored equipment when checking the vehicle roof allowance. ARB rates the open tent for a maximum 300 kg load, but the roof and rack can impose a lower limit. The operating guide specifies a maximum driving speed of 110 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat comes with the tent\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tent includes the mattress, telescopic ladder, rain fly, transparent window panels, storage pockets, mounting kit and hardware, plus guy ropes and pegs. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-esperance-2-rooftop-tent-annex-room\"\u003eEsperance 2.0 annex room\u003c\/a\u003e is a separate option for sheltered changing or extra covered space below.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLooking after your tent\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse level ground and set the ladder correctly so it supports the folding base as instructed. Close and secure the shell before travelling. If you pack it away wet, open it again as soon as practical and let the tent and mattress dry fully before storage; the ventilation features help manage moisture but cannot eliminate condensation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEsperance 2.0 \/ 802200V2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eShell\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS hardshell\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDry weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e58 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eClosed dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1520 x 1200 x 330 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMattress\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConvoluted foam with removable washable quilted cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eElectrical system\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 V; external power required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOpen-tent load limit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 kg maximum; lower roof\/rack limits apply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaximum driving speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMattress cover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemovable, washable and quilted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLighting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated interior and exterior LEDs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal pockets, shoe and cargo pockets; ladder stores inside the closed tent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWeather equipment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRain fly and removable transparent window panels included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded equipment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMattress, telescopic ladder, rain fly, transparent panels, storage pockets, mounting kit and hardware, guy ropes and pegs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSeparate accessory\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEsperance 2.0 annex room\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCTR802200V2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs an annex included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The matching Esperance 2.0 annex room is available separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the moonroof with the rain fly on?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The clear panel in the fly lets you use the moonroof without removing the fly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much weight does it add to the roof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tent weighs 58 kg dry. Add the rack or bars, mounts and any stored equipment when checking the driving roof load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the mattress cover washable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is removable for washing, making it easier to freshen the bed after a trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I drive at normal motorway speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tent instructions set a maximum of 110 km\/h, approximately 68 mph. Follow the lower of that limit and the applicable road or vehicle limit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51710856757590,"sku":"XCTR802200V2","price":2363.76,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/esperance_1.webp?v=1761814006"},{"product_id":"arb-esperance-2-decal","title":"ARB Esperance 2.0 Replacement Decal - 815429","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep your Esperance looking the way it should\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA damaged exterior decal can make an otherwise serviceable tent look tired. ARB 815429 is the replacement decal for the Esperance 2.0, letting you refresh the matching marking on the tent shell.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCCS815429\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eReplace the matching exterior decal\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose it for the Esperance 2.0 application and match the original decal position and design. It is a small replacement that helps you keep the exterior presentation tidy without changing the tent itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePrepare the surface before fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eClean and dry the intended surface and follow the replacement decal instructions for preparation and application. Avoid applying it over trapped dirt or damaged material that needs attention first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCCS815429\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e815429\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTent application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Esperance 2.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplacement exterior decal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this for the original Esperance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis decal is listed for Esperance 2.0. Match the tent version and original marking before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it repair the tent shell?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt replaces the exterior marking. Any shell damage needs its own assessment and repair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I do before applying it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePrepare a clean, dry surface and follow the decal instructions for application.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51712907379030,"sku":"XCCS815429","price":76.7,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/decal_1.webp?v=1761819830"},{"product_id":"arb-esperance-2-colour-coded-painting","title":"ARB Esperance 2 Rooftop Tent Shell Colour-Coding Service","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your Esperance 2 the finish that suits your vehicle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA rooftop tent can be practical and still look like it belongs on your vehicle. Our colour-coding service lets you match the ARB Esperance 2 outer shell to your vehicle's paint colour, creating a more coordinated finish than the standard dark-grey shell.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCCSPAINTESPV2\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA personal finishing touch\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you have put thought into the wheels, bodywork and other accessories, the tent shell is a large visible part of the finished vehicle. Colour coding brings it into the same colour scheme, whether you prefer a discreet match or a deliberate contrast.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Esperance 2 shell is suitable for painting, and the service is specifically for that model. Your supplied vehicle paint code identifies the colour to use; colour names alone can cover several different paint formulations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat the service covers\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is painting of the Esperance 2 exterior shell. The tent itself is purchased separately: see the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-esperance-2-rooftop-tent-hard-shell\"\u003eARB Esperance 2 rooftop tent\u003c\/a\u003e if you are ordering a new tent with the service. The fabric, mattress and tent accessories remain separate from the shell finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProvide the vehicle paint code with the order so we can arrange the intended colour. For an existing tent or a different finish request, speak to us before arranging the work so we can agree exactly what you want painted.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eEnjoy the same tent with a finish you chose\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eColour coding is about appearance; it does not change the Esperance 2's sleeping space or turn it into a different tent model. You still choose the tent and its mounting arrangement for your vehicle and travel needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLook after the painted shell as you would other painted exterior surfaces, following the finish-specific care advice given with the work. Avoid abrasive cleaning and protect the finish from loose straps or equipment rubbing against it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eService\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEsperance 2 outer-shell colour coding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCompatible tent\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Esperance 2 \/ 802200V2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStandard shell colour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDark grey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eColour selection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle paint code supplied by customer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWork area\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExterior hard shell\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTent included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeparate purchase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eEffect on tent specification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAppearance customisation; no change to sleeping dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the tent included in this price?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the shell-painting service. Order the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-esperance-2-rooftop-tent-hard-shell\"\u003eEsperance 2 tent\u003c\/a\u003e separately if you need both.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colour information do you need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour vehicle paint code identifies the intended colour. Give us the code when ordering, rather than relying only on a colour name.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it cover the fabric or annex?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The service is for the exterior hard shell of the Esperance 2.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it change the size or features of the tent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Colour coding changes the appearance of the shell, while the tent retains its original model and layout.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51713557889366,"sku":"XCCSPAINTESPV2","price":356.32,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/rooftentcolourswatches.png?v=1761814617"},{"product_id":"arb-esperance-2-rooftop-tent-annex-room","title":"ARB Esperance 2 Annex Room - 804200V2","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive yourself somewhere private to get changed at camp\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour rooftop tent looks after the sleeping space; the Esperance 2 annex gives you another room for the rest of camp life. Use it to get changed out of wet clothes, keep your personal space screened from neighbouring pitches or shelter while you sort your gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCCS804200V2\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMore useful space around your tent\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe annex extends the Esperance 2 setup with a room approximately 2.3 x 2.6m and up to 2m high. That is useful space for changing, organising equipment or creating a sheltered area beside the tent. The installed height depends on the height of the tent mounting arrangement, so allow for that when planning your campsite.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is matched to the Esperance 2 rooftop tent, part 802200V2. See the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-esperance-2-rooftop-tent-hard-shell\"\u003ematching Esperance 2 tent\u003c\/a\u003e if you are choosing both together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMade to match the Esperance 2\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe grey-and-black colour scheme complements the tent, and the 200GSM poly-cotton fabric has a fire-retardant treatment. That treatment is a fabric characteristic, rather than permission to use flame or cooking equipment inside the annex. Keep cooking and heating appliances outside the enclosed fabric space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe annex is a separate accessory, so you can add the extra room when you want it and use the rooftop tent on its own for shorter stops.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMake it work for your campsite\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePosition the vehicle so there is room to set out and secure the annex on suitable ground. Think about access to the ladder and doors, where your chairs or kitchen will sit and whether the entrance gives you the privacy you want.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAfter use, remove dirt and dry the fabric before long-term storage. Packing it away dry helps keep the room fresh for the next trip, especially after wet weather or a damp campsite.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e804200V2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCompatible tent\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEsperance 2 \/ 802200V2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRoom size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 2.3 x 2.6m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to approximately 2m; installation dependent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFabric\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200GSM poly-cotton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFabric treatment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFire retardant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey and black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTent supplied\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeparate purchase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMain use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrivate changing and sheltered camp space\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich rooftop tent does it fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 804200V2 annex is matched to the Esperance 2 \/ 802200V2. It is not a general annex for every ARB tent model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the rooftop tent included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-esperance-2-rooftop-tent-hard-shell\"\u003eEsperance 2 tent\u003c\/a\u003e is separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much extra room does it provide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe room is approximately 2.3 x 2.6m, with a height of up to about 2m depending on the tent installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I cook inside it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep flame and cooking appliances outside. Fire-retardant fabric does not make an enclosed tent space safe for cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I pack it wet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you have to pack during rain, open it again and dry it fully as soon as practical. Dry it before long-term storage.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51713681555798,"sku":"XCCS804200V2","price":345.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/annex_1.webp?v=1761821343"},{"product_id":"arb-altitude-side-awning-kit","title":"ARB Altitude Rooftop Tent Side Awning Kit - 804510","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA little cover makes a wet morning at camp more comfortable\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePutting your shoes on or climbing down the ladder is more pleasant with some cover above the tent entrance. The 804510 side awning adds that shelter to your ARB Altitude, and helps you keep airflow through the tent windows when it is raining.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCCS804510\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eShelter where you enter the tent\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe awning extends the cover around the entry area, useful when you are using the ladder or pausing to put footwear on. It gives the windows extra protection from rain so you have more flexibility to ventilate the tent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a compact tent-side accessory for the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-altitude-rooftop-tent\"\u003eARB Altitude rooftop tent\u003c\/a\u003e, rather than a full ground-level living room. Use it within the tent and accessory instructions for the conditions at camp.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMount it once, attach it when needed\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo brackets and reels fit to the base shell, with rods supporting the awning. Once that mounting arrangement is installed, the awning is easy to attach and detach.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBefore closing the tent, remove the window rods as instructed. The awning can then be packed with the tent. A dedicated carry bag is also included for storing it separately between trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdd only the accessories you need\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf the tent is mounted above the standard ladder-height range, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-altitude-tent-ladder-extension\"\u003eAltitude ladder extension\u003c\/a\u003e is another relevant accessory. Choose it by the roof-rack mounting height: the extension covers the listed range up to 2460mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLet the awning dry before longer storage and inspect its rods and attachment points after use, ready for the next trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCCS804510\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e804510\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eApplication\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Altitude rooftop tent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTent side awning kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePurpose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional entrance\/ladder cover and rain-protected ventilation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo brackets and reels on tent base shell\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAwning support rods\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide awning, two mounting brackets, reels, rods and dedicated carry bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eClosing condition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemove window rods before closing tent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCan pack with tent after rod removal, or separately in supplied bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it stay with the tent when I pack away?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, after removing the window rods as instructed. The supplied bag also lets you store it separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it help with ventilation in the rain?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt adds cover around the windows, helping you keep airflow while providing extra rain shelter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit an Esperance or Simpson tent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis kit is for the Altitude. Compatibility with those other tent models is not established.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the carry bag included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The kit includes a dedicated bag for separate storage or carrying in the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51713736048982,"sku":"XCCS804510","price":172.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/awning_1.webp?v=1761821804"},{"product_id":"arb-altitude-tent-power-harness","title":"ARB Altitude Tent Battery Power Harness to 50A Anderson - T05015","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your Altitude a properly fitted power connection\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Altitude tent is most convenient when its power connection is ready to use at camp. The T05015 harness provides the front-battery-to-50A-Anderson connection listed for the ARB Altitude, allowing the electrical feed to be routed through the vehicle as part of a tidy installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCCST05015\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePlan the power feed when you fit the tent\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRun the harness in a protected position, with the correct battery connection, circuit protection and strain relief. Keeping the connection accessible makes arrival at camp simpler, while secure cable routing helps protect it from moving parts, heat and abrasion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 50A description identifies the Anderson connector size. It is not a statement that the tent continually draws 50A or that the harness charges a battery at 50A.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose it for the Altitude application\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the T05015 harness listed for the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-altitude-rooftop-tent\"\u003eARB Altitude electric rooftop tent\u003c\/a\u003e. Fit it as directed for the tent and vehicle power arrangement. The tent itself and any additional charging or battery equipment are separate choices.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA competent electrical installation is worthwhile, particularly where the cable runs from the front battery to a rear or roof-mounted connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCCST05015\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT05015\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eApplication\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Altitude electric rooftop tent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront-battery power harness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDestination connection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50A Anderson connector type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCurrent meaning\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConnector size; not a continuous tent-current or charge-rate claim\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtected cable routing and correct circuit protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePurchase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower harness; tent and additional battery equipment separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes 50A mean the tent draws 50 amps?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It identifies the Anderson connector type, not the tent's continuous power draw.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this the rooftop tent itself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis product is the T05015 power harness for the Altitude application. The tent is separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be installed from the front battery?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat is the application described for this harness. Use the correct protected wiring arrangement for your vehicle and tent.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51713741816150,"sku":"XCCST05015","price":204.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"arb-altitude-tent-external-organiser","title":"ARB Altitude External Tent Organiser - 804560","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLeave your shoes outside and keep the sleeping area clean\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMuddy shoes are easier to deal with when they do not come into the tent with you. The ARB Altitude External Organiser gives shoes and small camping items a covered place beside the doorway, helping you keep the sleeping area clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCCS804560\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eReach it as you enter or leave\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe organiser hooks over the Altitude base shell for access beside either side door. Two internal shelves provide room for two pairs of shoes or suitable small items, so you can keep the things you use at the doorway together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCanvas protection beside the tent\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 380GSM canvas helps protect contents from the elements while they are stored outside. Position the organiser correctly and follow the tent instructions for external accessories and packing away.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose it for your Altitude\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is an accessory for the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-altitude-rooftop-tent\"\u003eARB Altitude rooftop tent\u003c\/a\u003e, with a mounting arrangement matched to that base shell. Other tent models have their own storage and accessory fittings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCCS804560\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e804560\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTent\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Altitude\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380GSM canvas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eShelves\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eExample capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo pairs of shoes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAttachment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHooks over the Altitude base shell\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAccess\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePositioned beside either side doorway\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I reach it from the tent doorway?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIts mounting position is intended to give easy access when entering or leaving through either side door.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many shoes can it store?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe two-shelf arrangement accommodates two pairs of shoes or suitable small camping items.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit an Esperance tent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis organiser is designed for the Altitude base-shell arrangement. Choose accessories matched to the particular tent model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it stay fitted when packing the tent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFollow the Altitude packing instructions and remove or stow external accessories as directed before operating or closing the tent.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51713782710614,"sku":"XCCS804560","price":73.54,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/shoes.webp?v=1761822122"},{"product_id":"arb-altitude-roof-cross-bar-kit","title":"ARB Altitude Thule Roof Cross Bar Kit - 804530","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCarry your lighter gear on top of your Altitude\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRecovery boards, skis or fishing rods do not need to compete with everything else inside your vehicle. This Altitude-specific Thule cross bar kit gives suitable light equipment a mounting place above the tent, using the integrated roof rails.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCCS804530\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eUse the space above the tent\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bars span the Altitude roof and clamp around its integrated rails. They give compatible accessory mounts a place to sit, helping keep long or awkward light items out of the cabin. Choose the correct holders for your equipment and secure each item properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA kit made for the Altitude rails\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the ARB 804530 Thule cross bar arrangement for the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-altitude-rooftop-tent\"\u003eAltitude rooftop tent\u003c\/a\u003e. The foot clamps attach to the tent's integrated rails. Match any T-slot accessories to the bar profile and fixing requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCarry light equipment and still enjoy easy setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe roof bars have a maximum payload of 20 kg, evenly distributed. Suitable light equipment can stay securely mounted while the Altitude opens and closes, provided it stays clear of the mechanism and moving fabric. That means less to unload when you arrive. Use matching holders and restraints, and keep the complete tent installation within your vehicle and roof mounting limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCCS804530\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer kit reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB 804530\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCross bar manufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThule\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Altitude rooftop tent integrated roof rails\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eKit arrangement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo bars and matching foot pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClamps around integrated tent rails\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAccessory attachment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible bar-profile\/T-slot mounts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaximum Altitude roof load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 kg payload, evenly distributed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eEquipment examples\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable recovery boards, skis and fishing rods\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTent\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeparate product\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich tent does it fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is the Altitude-specific 804530 kit for the tent's integrated roof rails. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-altitude-rooftop-tent\"\u003eAltitude tent\u003c\/a\u003e is a separate product.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat can I carry?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable lighter equipment such as recovery boards, skis or fishing rods, using the right accessory holders and restraints. Keep the complete fitted load within the 20 kg roof allowance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much can I carry on top?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe roof bars have a 20 kg payload limit, with the load evenly distributed and properly secured. Use suitable holders for your equipment and respect the vehicle and tent mounting limits as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I fit accessories to the bars?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose mounts that match the Thule bar profile and their fixing instructions. A shared T-slot description alone does not establish that every accessory fits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I open the tent with equipment on the bars?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Altitude is designed to operate with a suitable load on top within its 20 kg limit. Secure it evenly and check that the equipment and mounts stay clear of the opening mechanism and fabric throughout the movement.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51713794572630,"sku":"XCCS804530","price":473.09,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/cross_bar_1.webp?v=1761822265"},{"product_id":"arb-simpson-iii-rooftop-tent-annex","title":"ARB Simpson III Rooftop Tent with Annex | 803103","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA comfortable place to sleep, with more room to enjoy camp\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePark up, open the tent and make yourself at home. The ARB Simpson III gives two people an elevated sleeping area, with an included mattress, ladder and annex to make camp more comfortable from the first trip. The annex adds useful sheltered space below, while the tent keeps your bed above the ground and leaves the vehicle interior available for your equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCT803103\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA bed waiting above your vehicle\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tent unfolds into a 1400 x 2400 mm sleeping area with 1300 mm of open height. That gives two people a defined place to sleep without using the seats or rebuilding a bed inside the vehicle each night. Bedding can stay in the folded tent where there is enough space to close it properly; bulky pillows may need to travel separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMore space for the rest of camp\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe included annex is useful for getting changed, keeping boots and equipment out of the sleeping area, or creating a more private space beside the vehicle. It packs into its own storage bag. Choose where the tent opens so the ladder and annex suit the way you want to use the campsite and access the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFresh air without inviting the insects in\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRipstop polycotton tent fabric, a separate flysheet and insect screens help you enjoy the surroundings while keeping the sleeping area enclosed. Open the screened panels for airflow and a view, or close the outer fabric for more privacy. Ventilation also helps manage the moisture that people bring into an enclosed sleeping space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSmall details you appreciate every day\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo elevated shoe pockets keep footwear close without putting muddy soles on the mattress. Internal storage gives keys and other small items a proper place, while the laminated travel cover protects the packed tent between campsites. The ladder acts as the opening lever, and internal bungees help draw the fabric in when you fold the tent away.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the opening direction before fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSide opening and rear opening give you different campsite layouts. Rear opening can interfere with a high-rising tailgate, and ARB's fitting guide requires trimming the mounting extrusions for that orientation. A side-opening installation can leave rear access clearer. The mounting arrangement, ladder reach and annex height must suit the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse a roof and rack system rated for the complete travelling load, including the tent, mounting parts and any equipment above it. Occupied camping loads also need to be within the support system's limits. The ladder must be positioned correctly to support the opened tent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLooking after the tent\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eLet the fabric and annex dry before longer-term storage. If you have to pack them wet to leave a campsite, reopen them to dry as soon as practical. Clear loose grit from the mattress area and inspect the cover, ladder and fixings regularly so the tent is ready for the next weekend away.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSimpson III rooftop tent and annex\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e803103\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCT803103\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSleeping capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 people\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOpen tent dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1400 W x 2400 L x 1300 H mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFolded floor dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1400 x 1200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTent body\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRipstop polycotton with insect screens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWeather cover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeparate flysheet; laminated travel cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded camping equipment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMattress, ladder, annex, annex storage bag; elevated shoe pockets and internal storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLadder rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 kg; ladder-user rating, not an occupied-tent load rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatched roof\/rack support; opening direction and ladder reach selected for the vehicle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the annex included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Simpson III package includes the annex and its storage bag, giving you a separate space for changing and keeping equipment below the tent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I leave bedding inside when packing away?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBedding can stay where it fits without forcing the tent closed. Bulky pillows may need removing so the fabric and travel cover close properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould it open over the side or the rear?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose around access to the vehicle and the space you want at camp. Rear opening can restrict a rising tailgate and requires the mounting-rail preparation described in the fitting guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a mattress and ladder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Both are supplied, so the main sleeping and access equipment is part of the package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat if I have to pack the tent away wet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReopen the tent and annex to dry as soon as practical. Dry storage helps prevent moisture remaining in the folded fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51714142863702,"sku":"XCT803103","price":1334.21,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xct803103_1.webp?v=1761823816"},{"product_id":"arb-flinders-rooftop-tent","title":"ARB Flinders Rooftop Tent for Two with Ladder and Light - 803300","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA comfortable night at camp, without a bulky tent on the drive\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePull up somewhere you want to stay, unfold the Flinders and settle into a proper bed above the ground. This two-person ARB rooftop tent combines a 50 mm mattress, useful ventilation and built-in lighting with a low packed profile, making it an appealing choice for weekends away and longer touring trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCTR803300\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLess work when you arrive and when you leave\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe zipped cover stays attached while you open the tent with the ladder. Internal poles fan into place and extendable poles support the openings, so you can spend more time enjoying camp. Two internal bungee lines help draw the fabric in when folding it away.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA comfortable bed with room to relax\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe sleeping area measures 2400 x 1400 mm, with 1200 mm centre headroom. The included 50 mm high-density foam mattress gives you a comfortable place to turn in from the first trip. Compact bedding can stay inside when packed; remove bulky items such as pillows if they prevent a clean fold.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFresh air and a view from your bed\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree surrounding windows, the entrance and a skylight bring light and airflow into the tent. Midge-proof mesh helps keep insects outside, while window and entrance awnings offer shelter. The integrated vent helps manage moisture, particularly when you keep ventilation open overnight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eUseful details once the sun goes down\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn LED touch lamp saves you searching for a torch, and two USB charging points keep compatible devices close to the bed when connected to a 12 V supply. Four storage pockets and shoe pockets give small items a sensible home. The light kit includes a 5 m extension cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA lower profile for the journey\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe packed tent is 1400 x 1200 mm and 200 mm high without the ladder attached, or 300 mm with it. That lower profile helps reduce drag and overall vehicle height. The ladder, light kit and mounting hardware are included; fit to a suitable rated roof system and include the tent and mounting equipment in your vehicle roof calculation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCTR803300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e803300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 people\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSleeping area\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400 L x 1400 W mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCentre headroom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePacked footprint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1400 x 1200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePacked height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm without ladder; 300 mm with ladder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eNet tent weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMattress\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm high-density foam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBody fabric\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePU-coated polycotton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm anodised aluminium poles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOpenings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree surrounding windows, entrance and skylight; midge-proof mesh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVentilation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated vent and opening mesh panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLighting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLED touch lamp; vehicle 12 V supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eUSB charging\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 ports; 5 V \/ 1 A and 5 V \/ 2.1 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour internal pockets and shoe pockets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTent, mattress, ladder, light kit, 5 m extension cable and mounting kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLadder packaging\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplied in a separate carton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInstruction speed limit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 km\/h maximum; follow any lower vehicle\/rack limits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStatic tent capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 kg; vehicle and mounting-system limits also apply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Flinders includes the mattress, ladder, internal light kit, 5 m lighting extension cable and mounting hardware. The ladder comes in a separate carton, so keep both cartons together when preparing for fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I leave bedding inside?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompact bedding can stay inside, saving time at camp. The low packed height limits how much will fit; remove pillows or bulky bedding if they prevent the tent closing properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much room is there for two people?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bed area is 2400 x 1400 mm, with 1200 mm centre headroom. That gives two people a useful sleeping space, with room to sit up near the centre.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the light work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe LED touch lamp and two USB points connect to your vehicle's 12 V supply. The included extension cable helps reach a suitable power connection. The USB ports have different current ratings: 1 A and 2.1 A.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat roof rack do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse a compatible rack or roof-bar system rated for the complete installation. Check driving and parked loads separately, including the tent, mounts, people and equipment. The fitting guide identifies specific BASE Rack tent brackets for that mounting arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I care for the tent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eVentilate it during use and let the fabric dry thoroughly before long-term storage. Check mountings, the ladder and fabric regularly, and follow the fitting guide, including its 110 km\/h maximum travel speed.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51714174878038,"sku":"XCTR803300","price":799.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xctr803300_1.webp?v=1761824187"},{"product_id":"arb-slimline-100-12v-100ah-lithium-iron-phosphate-battery","title":"ARB Slimline 100 Lithium Battery | 100Ah | SLB100A40","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep your camping equipment powered without giving up useful space\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCold food, camp lighting and charged devices make a trip away easier to enjoy. The ARB Slimline 100 puts 100 Ah of lithium battery capacity and a 40 A DC-DC charger into a case only 50 mm deep, giving you more freedom to find a useful place for it inside the vehicle. It is a compact auxiliary-power option for equipment you want to run while camped.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XEBSLB100A40\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA slim case that is easier to find room for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 712 x 266 x 50 mm, the battery can fit into spaces that are awkward for a conventional battery box. The integrated charger also avoids needing a separate DC-DC unit beside it. The four reinforced mounting holes provide fixing points, with the mounting location and vehicle bracket selected around a secure, clean and dry installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCharge from the vehicle or suitable solar equipment\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe built-in 40 A charger accepts a correctly wired alternator input and includes MPPT control for a suitable solar input. Standard and smart-alternator systems are supported with the appropriate wiring. When both inputs qualify for charging, the alternator takes priority; they are not added together as one combined charging current.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA suitable solar panel can help replenish energy while parked, with the result depending on the panel, sun and electrical installation. Charging does not guarantee unlimited runtime for the equipment connected to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKnow what power you have available\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bluetooth app gives access to battery state of charge, voltage, current and diagnostic information. You can see how your equipment is using power instead of judging only by whether it is still running. Status lights and a master switch are provided on the unit itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMatch the electrical load to the battery\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe battery has a nominal 12.8 V, 100 Ah capacity, equivalent to 1280 Wh. Nominal discharge is 100 A at 25 degrees C, with a maximum of 200 A for 20 minutes and a 350 A peak for five seconds. Those short-duration limits are not continuous operating ratings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEquipment that needs mains power requires a suitable separate inverter, with correctly sized cables and protection. Battery runtime depends on usable energy, the equipment's demand and charging conditions; nominal capacity alone is not a promise of a particular number of hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProtection built into the battery\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe battery management system monitors voltage, temperature and current, with protections for abnormal conditions and cell balancing. Charging is suspended when the cells are too cold, then resumes when they warm sufficiently. The replaceable 300 A Mega fuse has an inspection window, making it easier to check without dismantling the installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMatching mounting options\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor a Ranger Double Cab from 2023 onwards, our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-slimline-battery-mounting-kit-ford-ranger-2023-onwards-double-cab\"\u003eSlimline battery mounting kit\u003c\/a\u003e is the vehicle-specific option to consider. For a compatible drawer installation, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-slimline-battery-universal-underdrawer-mount-bracket\"\u003eunder-drawer mounting bracket\u003c\/a\u003e offers a different way to use the available space. Both are separate mounting accessories, selected for the actual installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Slimline battery is for a clean, dry location inside the vehicle. It is not an under-bonnet battery or an exposed external mounting solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSLB100A40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXEBSLB100A40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBattery chemistry\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLithium iron phosphate (LiFePO4), prismatic cells\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSystem \/ nominal voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 V system \/ 12.8 V nominal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eNominal capacity \/ energy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 Ah \/ 1280 Wh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e712 L x 266 W x 50 D mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIntegrated charging\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 A DC-DC; MPPT solar control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInput priority\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAlternator priority when both inputs qualify\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStandard discharge rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eNominal discharge rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 A at 25 degrees C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaximum discharge\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 A for 20 minutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePeak discharge\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 A for 5 seconds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInternal fuse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplaceable 300 A Mega fuse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMonitoring\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBluetooth app; state of charge, voltage, current and diagnostics\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInstallation environment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClean, dry interior location; not under bonnet or exposed outside\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 reinforced mounting holes; vehicle bracket and wiring selected separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it need a separate DC-DC charger?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 40 A DC-DC charger is built into the battery, with MPPT control for a suitable solar input. The installation still needs correctly rated wiring, protection and mounting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the alternator and solar charge it at the same time?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe unit accepts both input types, but the alternator has priority when both qualify. Do not add the two sources together as a combined charging-current rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I mount it under the bonnet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose a clean, dry location inside the vehicle. It is not designed for under-bonnet or exposed external installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it run a 230 V appliance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat needs a separate inverter suited to the appliance and this battery's discharge limits, with correctly sized cables and protection. The 200 A and 350 A figures are time-limited ratings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it charge in freezing conditions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe battery protects its cells by suspending charging when they are too cold. Charging resumes once the cells have warmed sufficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat helps the battery last through a trip?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePre-charge it, understand the equipment's demand, monitor state of charge and provide suitable alternator or solar replenishment. The right usable energy reserve depends on what you run and for how long.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51764337475926,"sku":"XEBSLB100A40","price":1202.08,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/slimline_1.webp?v=1762297018"},{"product_id":"arb-zero-dual-zone-bluetooth-fridge-freezer-69l","title":"ARB ZERO 69L Dual-Zone Fridge Freezer - 10802693","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep your drinks cold and your favourite meals ready for the trip\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ARB ZERO 69L lets you carry chilled food and frozen meals in the same unit, with separate temperature control for its two compartments. It gives you more freedom over what you eat on a trip, without working around melting ice or needing a second fridge for the freezer items.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCF6910802693K\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePack for the meals you want\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse one zone for chilled food and drinks and the other for frozen supplies. Removable baskets help organise the contents and make room for taller items. You can prepare meals before you leave and keep everyday snacks accessible along the way, rather than relying on whatever happens to be available at the next stop.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 69-litre capacity can hold up to 87 standard 375 ml cans, giving you a useful sense of its size. How much you can pack depends on the food, containers and way you divide the two compartments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePower it at home and on the road\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ZERO runs from 12\/24 V DC or 100-240 V AC. Pre-cool it at home, then use an appropriate vehicle or auxiliary power supply for the journey. Front and rear DC sockets give you more flexibility in cable routing; the AC inlet is at the front. A battery or portable power pack is separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eControl the temperature without unpacking\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the front control panel or a compatible Bluetooth device to manage the temperature. Boost mode helps with initial cooling, while a quick-release lid arrangement allows you to change the opening side to suit the vehicle layout. The USB outlet provides a convenient connection for charging a small device.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eReach your fridge from the tailgate\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fridge measures 755 x 469 x 564 mm and weighs 31 kg empty. Allow space for ventilation, the lid opening and cable access as well as the case itself. Our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-zero-fridge-slide-for-60l-69l-73l\"\u003eZERO 60L, 69L and 73L fridge slide\u003c\/a\u003e can bring it out of the load area, and the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-fridge-zero-tie-down-kit-xcfa10900046\"\u003eZERO tie-down kit\u003c\/a\u003e secures it to the appropriate ZERO slide. Both are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProtect it between trips\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe steel casing and corner protection suit a fridge that travels with the rest of your equipment. A \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-fridge-zero-transit-bag-xcfa3610900055ps?variant=53999071363414\"\u003e69L ZERO transit bag\u003c\/a\u003e adds a fitted protective cover without blocking the controls. Clean spills promptly, keep the vents clear and dry the interior before longer storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e69 litres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCompartments\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo independently controlled temperature zones\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCooling range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-22 C to +10 C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e755 x 469 x 564 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eEmpty weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePower supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\/24 V DC or 100-240 V AC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eControls\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront panel and compatible Bluetooth device\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10802693\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCasing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel with full-height protective corner mouldings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInternal storage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemovable baskets for organising contents and accommodating taller items\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCooling controls\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront panel, compatible Bluetooth device and Boost mode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDC connections\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront and rear DC sockets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAC connection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront AC inlet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLid arrangement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick-release arrangement allows the opening side to be changed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eUSB outlet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutlet for charging a small device\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer warranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCan-capacity reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87 x 375 ml cans; actual packing depends on contents\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCF6910802693K\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be a fridge and freezer at the same time?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The two zones have independent temperature control, so one can chill while the other freezes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a battery?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It needs an external AC or DC power supply. Choose an appropriate auxiliary battery or power pack for use when the vehicle is parked.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long will it run on my battery?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat depends on usable battery capacity, temperature settings, ambient heat, ventilation and how often the lids are opened. Size the power system for your trip rather than relying on one fixed runtime.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill the 69L fit the smaller ZERO slide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the slide specified for ZERO 60L, 69L and 73L models, linked above. The smaller-model slide is a different product.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it at home?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Its 100-240 V AC input makes home pre-cooling and powered-campsite use straightforward.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51792551772502,"sku":"XCF6910802693K","price":1531.82,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/variant-69L.webp?v=1762892420"},{"product_id":"arb-brushless-compressor-12v","title":"ARB CKBLTA12 Brushless Twin On-Board Air Compressor - 12V","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAir up faster and get on with your trip\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA permanent air supply makes tyre-pressure changes easier to fit into every off-road trip. The ARB CKBLTA12 brushless twin gives you high airflow on board, so you can air down for the trail and inflate for the road without unpacking a separate compressor case.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XAACCKBLTA12\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMore airflow when you need to air up\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe brushless motor arrangement delivers 260 L\/min of free air at 0 kPa and 176 L\/min at 200 kPa. Free-air output is 50% higher than the corresponding ARB brushed twin compressor. Actual tyre-filling time depends on tyre size, starting pressure and valve restriction, but the extra airflow is useful when you have several tyres to fill.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eReady in the vehicle when you need it\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA fixed compressor keeps your air supply in the vehicle, ready for a tyre-inflation hose or a properly connected Air Locker system. This twin delivers 176 L\/min at 200 kPa, compared with 88 L\/min from the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-brushless-single-portable-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eCKBLP12 brushless portable single\u003c\/a\u003e. Choose the twin when you want that higher airflow and a permanent installation; choose the portable kit when taking the compressor between suitable 12 V vehicles is more useful to you. The portable single includes its carry case and inflation hose. This on-board twin needs a separately purchased hose and, for Air Lockers, the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold kit\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCooling and control that work with the conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eElectronic speed control responds to pressure, temperature and supply voltage. Active cooling fans continue after the compressor stops until it has cooled. Built-in protection monitors voltage changes, over-current and motor stall, with audio and visual diagnostics to help identify a problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDesigned for a permanent installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eStaggered motor starting reduces the initial electrical surge. Quick-release mounts make fitting and removal easier, and the onboard design removes the need for external switching relays. If voltage falls too far, the system can shut one motor down and continue at reduced output. The 7.2 kg kit is compact at 210 x 280 x 100 mm, giving you more mounting options when space is tight. Choose the position for proper cooling and access to the filters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdd the equipment you will use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor Air Locker operation, add the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003eARB 171503 manifold kit\u003c\/a\u003e and correct locker plumbing and controls. A suitable inflation hose and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-digital-tyre-inflator\"\u003edigital tyre inflator\u003c\/a\u003e complete a useful tyre-inflation setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eUse it within its rated conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe CKBLTA12 has a 100% duty-cycle rating at 22 degrees C. Plan the fused high-current electrical supply and mounting position for cooling, service access and protected wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXAACCKBLTA12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCKBLTA12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwin brushless on-board\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupply voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 V; operating range 11.5-15 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFree-air flow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 L\/min at 0 kPa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLoaded flow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e176 L\/min at 200 kPa \/ 29 psi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCurrent at 0 kPa\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCurrent at 200 kPa\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDuty cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% at 22 degrees C and 200 kPa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePressure switch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e135 psi on \/ 150 psi off\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCooling\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eActive fan cooling, including after-run\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDiagnostics\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAudio and visual status alerts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProtection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage, over-current and motor-stall monitoring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMounting \/ supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick-release fixed mounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAir Locker manifold\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e171503 purchased separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTyre hose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePurchased separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eKit weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCompressor dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210 L x 280 W x 100 H mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaximum current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 A per motor; 90 A combined\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMotor fuse rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 A per motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaximum ambient temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 degrees C; follow installation cooling requirements\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is brushless different from the brushed version?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe brushless motor has no carbon brushes to wear out and gives 50% more free-air output than the corresponding ARB brushed model. It also adds electronic control, active cooling and diagnostics.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the quoted airflow the tyre-filling rate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 260 L\/min figure is free air at 0 kPa. At 200 kPa, output is 176 L\/min. Tyre valves and increasing pressure affect actual filling speed, so compare figures measured at the same pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it for ARB Air Lockers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, with the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold\u003c\/a\u003e and the correct air lines, solenoids and controls. The twin's extra flow is useful for tyre inflation as well as providing locker air.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy do the fans keep running after I switch it off?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey continue cooling the compressor after use. Leave power connected as directed until the cooling cycle finishes, rather than packing away a hot unit immediately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it run continuously?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt has a 100% duty-cycle rating at 22 degrees C and 200 kPa. Give it the correct electrical supply and cooling airflow. At more demanding temperatures or pressures, the electronic protection can reduce output or stop a motor when needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat else should I buy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the correct mounting arrangement, inflation hose and inflator for tyre use. Add the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003e171503 manifold kit\u003c\/a\u003e when fitting Air Lockers.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51922398806358,"sku":"XAACCKBLTA12","price":622.81,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Brushless1.png?v=1763754341"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-300kg-constant-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards","title":"ARB OME BP-51 Ford Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 40 mm Lift Kit, 300-600 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMake your loaded Ranger more comfortable to drive.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA canopy, drawers and regularly carried gear add weight that your suspension has to cope with on every journey. This BP-51 kit is for a 2023+ Ranger Mk8 Double Cab carrying 300-600 kg of constant additional rear load. It combines a 40 mm lift with springs suited to that weight and adjustable shocks, so you can improve the ride on the road and control how the suspension responds over rough ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSKU \/ part number: \u003cstrong\u003eXSABP51MFORA8DK\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBetter control over bumps\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBP-51 allows the suspension to move more freely around its normal ride height, helping soften smaller bumps. As it approaches full compression or extension, the damping increases to slow the movement. Internal bypass passages control the oil flow, allowing the shocks to provide a comfortable response to smaller bumps while controlling larger suspension movements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right spring rating\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis version is designed for 300-600 kg of constant additional rear load. Include equipment and cargo normally carried at the rear, such as a canopy, drawers, tools or camping gear. The weight of occasional luggage alone is not a reason to choose heavier springs. Springs that are too stiff for your usual load can make the ride less comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjusting compression and rebound\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompression adjustment changes how strongly the shock resists being compressed by a bump. Rebound adjustment changes how it controls the suspension as it extends again. You can adjust the two separately with the shocks fitted. Start with the settings supplied for your vehicle, then make small changes to suit the ride you prefer. The adjusters are on the shocks themselves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront coils and 2 front BP-51 shocks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 rear leaf springs and 2 rear BP-51 shocks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreasable shackles, 2 spring-bush kits and 4 U-bolts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriveline spacer kit and bump-stop adapters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eKit reference: \u003cstrong\u003eXSABP51MFORA8DK\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIf your usual load is different\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the same Ranger generation and Double Cab application, compare the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-medium-load-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards\"\u003e0-300 kg Mk8 kit\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-600kg-constant-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards\"\u003e600 kg+ Mk8 kit\u003c\/a\u003e. Choose around your normal carried weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting and wheel alignment are recommended. Set the spring preload and damping for the vehicle configuration, then check clearances and the final ride height with the normal load aboard. The quoted lift is a kit specification; the final height depends on the vehicle and its equipment. This kit does not itself increase the vehicle's permitted payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Old Man Emu\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBP-51\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSABP51MFORA8DK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 Double Cab, 2023+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstant additional rear load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300-600 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal bypass, position-sensitive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHard-anodised 6061 aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndependent external compression and rebound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does constant load mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe additional weight normally carried at the rear, including permanent accessories and regular load-bed cargo. This kit is rated for 300-600 kg; choose the spring specification around that everyday weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill the strongest springs give me the best ride?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Springs intended for a much heavier constant load can be the wrong choice for a lightly equipped truck. The right spring rate and sensible damping settings matter more than choosing the highest number.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust it without removing the shocks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Compression and rebound can be adjusted independently with the shocks installed. You access the adjusters at the shocks; this is not electronic in-cab adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the lift increase my payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A suspension lift and load-matched springs do not, by themselves, change the vehicle's permitted payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this the Ranger Raptor suspension kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the specified Ranger Mk8 Double Cab kit. The Raptor has a different suspension layout.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51922472304982,"sku":"XSABP51MFORA8DK","price":3748.93,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/BPR1.png?v=1763753693"},{"product_id":"arb-premium-recovery-kit","title":"ARB Premium Recovery Kit - RK9A","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep your recovery gear together and ready when the track gets difficult\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGetting stuck is easier to deal with when the right equipment is already packed. ARB's Premium Recovery Kit brings your strap and winching accessories together in one organised bag, so you can find what you need without searching through the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XRRRK9A\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eUseful equipment for more than one recovery method\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 8,000kg snatch strap is for an appropriate kinetic recovery between vehicles using rated recovery points. For winch work, the kit includes a 12,000kg tree-trunk protector, 4,500kg winch-extension strap and 9,000kg snatch block. They serve different purposes: the extension increases the reach of the winch line, while the tree protector provides a suitable wider connection around an appropriate anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplied recovery damper and gloves are useful additions for handling recovery equipment. Two galvanised Type S bow shackles provide 4.75t-rated connectors where the recovery arrangement calls for them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eEasy to carry and check before a trip\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe large Winch Pack bag keeps the components together, with storage designed around recovery equipment. Pack the kit where you can reach it when the vehicle is bogged, rather than underneath the gear you may need to unload first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAfter a recovery, inspect straps, hardware and the bag before repacking. Clean and dry the equipment as instructed, and replace damaged components rather than relying on a previous successful pull.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose by the recovery method, not one headline number\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe individual ratings apply to their respective components. Strap breaking strengths and shackle working-load limits are different measures, and this collection of equipment does not have a single combined recovery rating. Match every component to the vehicle and the recovery method, use rated recovery points and keep people outside the danger area.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor a smaller set without the winch extension, damper and gloves supplied here, see the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-essentials-recovery-kit\"\u003eARB Essentials Recovery Kit\u003c\/a\u003e. Choose around the equipment you already carry and the type of recovery you expect to perform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRK9A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSnatch strap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8,000kg rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTree-trunk protector\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12,000kg rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWinch-extension strap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,500kg rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSnatch block\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9,000kg rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBow shackles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo galvanised Type S; 4.75t working-load limit each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRecovery damper\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRecovery gloves\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge Winch Pack recovery bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRatings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComponent-specific; not a combined kit capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Winch Pack bag, 8,000kg snatch strap, 12,000kg tree protector, 4,500kg winch extension, 9,000kg snatch block, recovery damper, gloves and two 4.75t Type S bow shackles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the winch itself included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit supplies recovery and winching accessories. A winch is separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference from the Essentials kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis Premium kit adds the winch-extension strap, recovery damper and gloves to the equipment described here. See the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-essentials-recovery-kit\"\u003eEssentials kit\u003c\/a\u003e for its own full contents.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I attach a snatch strap to a tow ball?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Use properly rated vehicle recovery points and connectors suited to the recovery method. A tow ball is not a snatch-recovery point.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I look after the straps?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eInspect them after each use, clean and dry them as instructed, and replace damaged straps. Store the kit where the components will not be cut, contaminated or left wet.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51922552095062,"sku":"XRRRK9A","price":422.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/PremiumRecovery5.png?v=1763754263"},{"product_id":"arb-pinnacle-camp-chair","title":"ARB Pinnacle Camping Chair - 10500161","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSit down and enjoy being at camp\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnce the driving, pitching and unpacking are done, a comfortable chair is one of the best things to have with you. The ARB Pinnacle combines padding throughout with wide armrests, so you can settle in over a meal, a drink or a quiet evening outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCT10500161\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eComfort for more than a quick stop\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 600D polyester seat has internal padding and contrasting 420D ripstop panels. A sturdy steel frame supports the chair, with a 150kg weight rating and broad armrests that make it more inviting for a longer sit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKeep the small things beside you\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe side panel includes a cup holder and storage pockets, while a rear mesh pocket gives you another place for loose items. It helps keep the things you use most within reach instead of balanced on the ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFold it away without the struggle\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA rear quick-release bracket makes folding straightforward. The spacious 600D carry bag has webbing straps and a padded shoulder section to help carry the 8.8kg chair. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-base-camp-chair\"\u003eBase Camp chair\u003c\/a\u003e is a lighter 6.3kg alternative with a different armrest and storage arrangement. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-pinnacle-camp-table\"\u003ePinnacle table\u003c\/a\u003e provides a matching camp-table option.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCT10500161\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10500161\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSeat material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600D polyester with internal padding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eContrasting panels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e420D ripstop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eArmrests\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide cup holder and pockets; rear mesh pocket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWeight rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePacked weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.8kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFold mechanism\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear quick-release bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded bag\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600D polyester with webbing straps and padded shoulder section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack steel frame with charcoal brackets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the seat padded?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Pinnacle has padding throughout the seat fabric, with wide armrests for a comfortable place to sit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a carry bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The 600D polyester bag has webbing straps and a padded shoulder section.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does it weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe packed chair weighs 8.8kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the Base Camp chair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Pinnacle has wide armrests and a side panel with a cup holder and pockets. The Base Camp has padded armrests and a swivel cup holder, and weighs 6.3kg rather than 8.8kg.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51922614354262,"sku":"XCT10500161","price":105.19,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Pinnacle2.png?v=1763754853"},{"product_id":"arb-seat-organiser","title":"ARB Seat Organiser - Nine Compartments | 10100400","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep the everyday essentials off the seats and floor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePhones, cables, maps and drinks are easier to find when they have their own place. The ARB Seat Organiser uses the back of a suitable seat for storage, giving you nine compartments without filling the footwell or leaving loose items on the seat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XCLBARB10100400\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSeparate the small items\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFour padded zip pockets, three exterior pockets, a mesh pocket and a lined bottle holder provide different places for your equipment. A tablet strap in the top pocket accepts suitable folding covers through its 25.5cm opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eStay tidy without sagging\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rear panel has metal reinforcement to help maintain its shape, and adjustable buckled straps let you secure the organiser on a suitable seat. Fit it without interfering with seat adjustment, belts, airbags or passenger access.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMake the storage your own\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree Velcro panels accept suitable patches or accessories, with two ARB patches included. Keep heavy or sharp items appropriately contained and check the straps periodically as you use the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXCLBARB10100400\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10100400\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCompartments\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eZip pockets\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour with padded sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOther storage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree exterior pockets, mesh pocket and lined bottle holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTablet strap opening\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePatch panels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree Velcro panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded patches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo ARB patches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRear reinforcement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal bars\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable straps with buckles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have a bottle holder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A lined bottle holder is part of the nine-compartment storage arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit a tablet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe top pocket includes a tablet strap for a suitable folding cover, with a 25.5cm opening. Check the device and cover together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the patches included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo ARB patches are included, with three Velcro panels available for suitable patches and accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit any seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe adjustable straps suit a range of seat arrangements. It must fit securely without affecting seat movement, restraints, airbags or access.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51941031149910,"sku":"XCLBARB10100400","price":97.15,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/SeatOrg1.png?v=1763976302"},{"product_id":"arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v","title":"ARB CKMTA12 Brushed Twin On-Board Air Compressor - 12V","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGet your tyres ready for the road with air already on board\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you regularly lower tyre pressures off road, a permanently fitted compressor makes the return to road pressure much more convenient. The 12V ARB CKMTA12 gives you the airflow of two brushed motors in a compact unit, ready to use without unpacking a portable compressor at every stop.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XAACCKMTA12\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMore air when you need it\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe twin-cylinder design delivers 174.4 L\/min at zero back pressure and 131.8 L\/min at 200kPa, with the latter figure showing output against a typical tyre-inflation pressure. That makes it a strong choice for regular tyre inflation or an on-board air system. Actual inflation time depends on tyre size, starting pressure and hose arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA pressure switch controls the supply between 135 and 150psi. The 100% duty-cycle rating applies under room-temperature conditions; ventilation and ambient heat still matter when you choose the mounting position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMade for regular off-road use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBall-bearing motor construction, hard-anodised cylinder bores and PTFE-impregnated carbon-fibre piston seals reduce friction, while the cooling fan and anodised mounting brackets help remove heat. The fan is brushless and IP55 rated; the two compressor motors are brushed. Thermal protection and an over-pressure safety valve protect the unit during demanding use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAnti-vibration material is integrated into the mount. The two relocatable air filters have washable sintered-bronze cartridges. They give your installer more freedom to draw cleaner, cooler air from an appropriate position and make filter maintenance straightforward.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get and what to add\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe compressor comes assembled, with a wiring loom, dash switch, relocatable air filters, mounting fasteners and installation instructions. Choose a suitable mounting location and a 12V supply with the correct circuit protection. The on-board unit weighs 8.8kg and measures 190 x 275 x 102mm (length x width x height).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor tyre inflation, add the appropriate air outlet and hose equipment. An \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003eARB Air Locker manifold kit\u003c\/a\u003e provides the regulated connections needed for Air Locker installation; lockers and inflation accessories are separate. Air-tool use needs an appropriately sized reservoir and a tool whose air demand suits the system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the right power supply\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the 12V version. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-twin-on-board-air-compressor-24v\"\u003e24V brushed twin compressor\u003c\/a\u003e is a separate product, so match the compressor to your vehicle's electrical system. If you want a more compact 12V unit, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-brushless-single-on-board-air-compressor-12v\"\u003ebrushless single compressor\u003c\/a\u003e is another option; for greater output in the brushless range, see the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-brushless-compressor-12v\"\u003e12V brushless twin\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCKMTA12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCompressor type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixed on-board; twin brushed motors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupply voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12V DC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFree-air flow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e174.4 L\/min at 0kPa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAirflow under load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e131.8 L\/min at 200kPa \/ 29psi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCurrent draw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28.4A at 0kPa; 50.4A at 200kPa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePressure-switch range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e135-150psi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDuty cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% under room-temperature conditions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190 x 275 x 102mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.8kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCooling\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP55 brushless cooling fan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAir outlet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4-inch NPT\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembled compressor, wiring loom, dash switch, air filters, mounting fasteners and instructions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInflation and locker equipment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHose\/outlet accessories and Air Locker manifold separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaximum rated current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMotor bearings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBall-bearing motor construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAir filters\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo relocatable filters with washable sintered-bronze cartridges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this a portable compressor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is the permanently mounted on-board compressor. If you want a 12V unit to carry between vehicles, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-portable-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v\"\u003eportable brushed twin with tank\u003c\/a\u003e is a separate option.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it supply ARB Air Lockers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Add the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003eAir Locker manifold kit\u003c\/a\u003e and install the air lines and solenoids to suit your lockers. The manifold and lockers are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a tyre-inflation hose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe on-board kit supplies the compressor, loom, switch and mounting hardware. Add the appropriate outlet and tyre-inflation hose for your installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does 100% duty cycle mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is rated for continuous running under room-temperature conditions. Mount it with adequate ventilation and follow the operating instructions; hot conditions can still bring the thermal protection into use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit it to a different voltage system?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse this version with a 12V DC supply. Choose the correctly rated compressor for your vehicle rather than connecting this unit to a different-voltage system.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51942667157846,"sku":"XAACCKMTA12","price":450.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Compressor1.png?v=1763987620"},{"product_id":"arb-compressor-manifold-kit","title":"ARB Air Locker Compressor Manifold Kit - 171503","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse your compressor for lockers and tyre inflation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA properly arranged air installation lets one suitable compressor serve different jobs. The ARB 171503 manifold provides the specified connection points for Air Locker solenoids and the matched pump-up arrangement, making those connections easier to organise.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XAA171503\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eConnect the air equipment together\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe manifold works with the specified high-output compressor application and provides multiple ports for the locker and inflation connections. Its 150psi working-pressure rating describes the manifold limit; the complete system still needs the correct pressure control for the equipment being supplied. Two 1\/8-inch BSPP ports accept up to two Air Locker solenoids. The two 1\/4-inch NPSC ports serve the air inlet and optional pump-up connection; they accept the specified NPT male fittings with sealant or NPSC fittings with their O-ring arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMount it where the connections are practical\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMounting brackets and a PTFE-lined stainless-steel braided hose are included. The hose links the air supply and manifold in the specified arrangement and helps manage the temperature of the supplied air.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the complete compressor installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the CKMTA12\/24 twin compressor application, the manifold is recommended with the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-air-compressor-pump-up-kit\"\u003ePump Up Kit\u003c\/a\u003e. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-brushless-compressor-12v\"\u003etwin brushless compressor\u003c\/a\u003e is another high-output option, but its connections and installation need to follow that model's own instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXAA171503\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e171503\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePurpose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAir Locker solenoid and matched inflation connections\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaximum working pressure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150psi \/ 1030kPa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrackets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded hose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePTFE-lined, stainless-steel braided\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMatched pump-up application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCKMTA12 \/ CKMTA24 with the appropriate Pump Up Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePressure control\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse the specified control arrangement for the connected equipment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSolenoid ports\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo 1\/8-inch BSPP, for up to two Air Locker solenoids\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMain ports\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo 1\/4-inch NPSC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMain fitting compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpecified NPT male with sealant or NPSC male with O-ring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded connection fittings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo JIC4 to 1\/4-inch NPSC nipples and one JIC4 90-degree elbow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMounting hardware\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo M6 bolts and nylon lock nuts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the manifold regulate the pressure?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt provides the air connections. Use the pressure control or regulator specified for the compressor and connected equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a compressor or Air Locker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt supplies the manifold kit, brackets and braided hose. Choose the compressor, lockers and their operating equipment separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I connect the Pump Up Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe manifold provides the matched connection arrangement for the specified pump-up application. Follow the instructions for your compressor model.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51942691635542,"sku":"XAA171503","price":78.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Manifold1.png?v=1763987848"},{"product_id":"arb-universal-compressor-mounting-bracket","title":"ARB Universal Compressor Mounting Bracket - Flexible Vehicle Air System Installation","description":"\u003ch2\u003eChoose where to mount your onboard air\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBring your supported ARB compressor and air-system components together with this universal mounting bracket. Its flexible mounting positions help you arrange the equipment around the space available in your vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XAAX3501010\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supported compressor references are DA4190, DA419024V, DA4958 and DA4985, with provision for air tank DA6836. Optional provisions include Air Locker solenoids, a quick-connect coupling, switch and LINX PRV. The manifold provision is for DA4985 only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose a secure mounting position with room for the equipment, air lines and electrical connections. Fit the bracket and components using their matching installation instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXAAX3501010\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplied item\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUniversal compressor mounting bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible compressor references\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDA4190, DA419024V, DA4958 and DA4985\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAir-tank provision\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDA6836\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOptional accessory provisions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAir Locker solenoids, quick-connect coupling, switch and LINX PRV\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManifold provision\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDA4985 only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51942741246294,"sku":"XAAX3501010","price":117.35,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Bracket1.png?v=1763988036"},{"product_id":"arb-brushless-twin-portable-air-compressor-12v","title":"ARB Brushless Twin Portable Air Compressor 12V | CKBLTP12","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGet the tyres aired up and carry on with your day\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLower tyre pressures can be useful off road; putting the air back in should be straightforward when you return to the road. ARB's brushless twin portable compressor brings high-flow air, an integrated tank and a 7 m hose together in a carry case. Take it to the vehicle that needs air, connect it correctly and work around the tyres without a permanent under-bonnet installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XAACCKBLTP12\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMore air for the job in front of you\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe twin brushless motors deliver 260 litres per minute at zero pressure and 176 litres per minute at 29 psi. Those are different test points: free-air output describes unloaded flow, while the 29 psi measurement shows flow against pressure. You have ample air available for tyre inflation, and the pressure-based figure helps you match the compressor to other equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePortable equipment kept together\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe case houses the compressor and aluminium air tank, with space for the supplied 7 m hose and accessories. The kit includes a blow gun, high-flow tyre filler with stop valve, Schrader adapter and additional inflation nozzles. That keeps the main air equipment together whether you are using your own vehicle or helping with another one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eReady for repeated inflation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe compressor has a 90% duty cycle, equivalent to 54 minutes running in an hour at 22 degrees C and 29 psi. Thermal and electrical protection manage abnormal conditions, while the brushless control can adapt operation to the available supply. Air-tool use still needs to be matched to the tool's pressure and flow demand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eConnect, ventilate and let it cool\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe blue battery clamps use polarity correction, making the portable connection more convenient. Keep the case open during operation so heat can escape. At 29 psi the specified current draw is 80 A, so a healthy, suitable 12 V supply and good electrical connections matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCooling fans can continue running after the compressor is switched off. Leave the battery connection in place until cooling has finished, following the operating guide. Sealed components do not make an operating compressor suitable for immersion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRead the pressure as you inflate\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-digital-tyre-inflator\"\u003eARB digital tyre inflator\u003c\/a\u003e is a relevant separate accessory when you want a pressure reading at the tyre. Choose the connection arrangement to suit the supplied air line. Tyre pressures need to suit the vehicle and the surface you are returning to.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKeep the air system ready to use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe washable sintered-bronze intake filters can be cleaned as directed, and the air tank needs its condensate drained. Inspect the hose, fittings and clamps, and keep them clean before storage. The complete kit weighs 13.3 kg, so it is a substantial portable system with its main equipment in one place.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCKBLTP12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXAACCKBLTP12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSystem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 V DC, brushless twin portable compressor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFree-air flow \/ current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 L\/min (9.2 CFM) \/ 30 A at 0 psi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFlow \/ current at pressure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e176 L\/min (6.2 CFM) \/ 80 A at 29 psi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaximum rated motor current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 A per motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDuty cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90%, or 54 minutes per hour, at 22 degrees C and 29 psi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePressure-switch range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e135 psi motor-on \/ 150 psi motor-off\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaximum pressure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 psi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eComplete kit weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCase dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e478 L x 355 W x 186 H mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAir tank\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated aluminium tank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eHose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 m supplied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFilters\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 washable sintered-bronze intake filters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProtection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThermal, voltage and overload control; active cooling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded accessories\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBattery-clamp harness; high-flow tyre filler with stop valve; blow gun; Schrader adapter; inflation nozzles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOperating arrangement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCase open and ventilated; allow cooling fans to finish before disconnecting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs 9.2 CFM the flow at tyre pressure?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e9.2 CFM is the zero-pressure measurement. At 29 psi, flow is 6.2 CFM, or 176 litres per minute. These two figures describe different test conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the duty cycle 100%?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe duty cycle is 90%, or 54 minutes in an hour at 22 degrees C and 29 psi. Follow the operating and cooling guidance for the conditions in which you use it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the hose included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The kit supplies a 7 m hose, the battery connection and inflation accessories, all kept with the portable case.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould the case stay closed while it runs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep it open and ventilated during operation. Leave the battery connection in place until the cooling fans have finished after switching off.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it operate Air Lockers straight out of the case?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn Air Locker installation needs its own suitable regulated air supply, plumbing and controls. This portable inflation package does not provide a complete plug-in locker installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I run an air tool from it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse a tool whose air-flow and pressure demand suit the compressor. A high free-air number alone does not establish that it can continuously supply every air tool.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51942767821142,"sku":"XAACCKBLTP12","price":1121.36,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/BrushlessBox1.png?v=1763988162"},{"product_id":"arb-air-compressor-pump-up-kit","title":"ARB Compressor Pump Up Kit - 171302V2","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReach the tyres easily when it is time to air back up\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChanging tyre pressures is more convenient with a hose that reaches around the vehicle and a chuck that stays on the valve. The ARB Pump Up Kit supplies the hose and fittings for the compatible compressor installation, ready for tyres and suitable inflatables.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XAAX171302V2\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA hose made for compressor use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe high-temperature hose is 23ft long, around 7m, and rated to 150psi. Its internal structure helps resist kinking, while the quick-connect coupling has a dust cap to protect it between uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAttach the chuck and get on with inflation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe quick-connect tyre chuck uses a release handle for straightforward attachment and removal. Additional fittings allow you to inflate suitable air mattresses, toys and other inflatables. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-digital-tyre-inflator\"\u003eARB Digital Tyre Inflator\u003c\/a\u003e is a separate option when you want pressure measurement at the inflation control.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eUse the correct compressor connection\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA T-piece adaptor is included for the CKMA12\/24 single compressor application. The matched \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-compressor-manifold-kit\"\u003emanifold kit\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended with CKMTA12\/24 twin compressors. Other compressor models need their own specified connection arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXAAX171302V2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e171302V2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eHose length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23ft, approximately 7m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eHose pressure rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150psi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eHose design\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-temperature, kink-resistant internal structure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCompressor coupling\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick connect with dust cap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTyre chuck\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick-connect, release-handle design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAdditional fittings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable inflatables\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded adaptor application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCKMA12 \/ CKMA24 single compressors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCKMTA12 \/ CKMTA24 connection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatching manifold recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the kit include a compressor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt supplies the hose and inflation fittings for the compatible compressor installation. Choose the compressor separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs there a pressure gauge in this kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplied tyre chuck is the inflation connection. Choose a separate compatible gauge or inflator when you want pressure measurement at the tyre.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it work with an ARB twin compressor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the CKMTA12\/24 twin application, use the specified connection arrangement, including the recommended matching manifold.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I inflate a mattress with it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe additional fittings are for suitable inflatables. Follow the inflatable pressure requirements; a high-pressure compressor needs careful control for low-pressure items.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51942791283030,"sku":"XAAX171302V2","price":96.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/PumpUpKit2.png?v=1763988418"},{"product_id":"arb-bushranger-x-jack-inflatable-exhaust-vehicle-jack","title":"Bushranger X-Jack Inflatable Vehicle Jack - RJX01","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA useful way to lift when the ground is too soft for a small jack base\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSand, mud and snow can make a conventional jack difficult to position. The Bushranger X-Jack uses a broad inflatable body to spread its contact with the ground, giving you another lifting option when your vehicle is stuck in soft terrain. It packs flat into its carry bag when the recovery is over.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XRRJX01\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose how you inflate it\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe two-way inflation system lets you use a suitable exhaust outlet or a portable compressor through the supplied adapter. Compressor inflation gives you control over how much air you add and is useful where the exhaust shape does not make a suitable seal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe jack has a 2,000kg lifting capacity. Keep the load at the lifting point within that capacity. Position it as instructed and protect it from sharp, hot or moving parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eReinforced where it matters\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe triple-layer top incorporates a hard core between reinforced PVC layers, giving extra protection where the jack meets the vehicle. The high-temperature hose is rated up to 140°C. Its inflatable construction also means the jack can collapse flat, making it easier to stow alongside your recovery equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes the X-Jack, protective mats, gloves and carry bag, with the compressor adapter for the alternative inflation method.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eUse it as part of a safe recovery\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose a suitable lifting point and control vehicle movement before inflating. Follow the instructions throughout the lift, and never work underneath a vehicle supported only by an inflatable jack. Use suitable vehicle stands when work requires support.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep the jack clean after use, inspect its body, hose and connections, and dry it before storage. It complements your other recovery equipment rather than replacing rated recovery points, straps or a winch where those are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBushranger 4x4 Gear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRJX01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInflatable vehicle-recovery jack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLift capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInflation methods\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable exhaust outlet or portable compressor via adapter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReinforced PVC with triple-layer hard-core top\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eHose temperature rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 140°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCollapses flat into carry bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX-Jack, protective mats, gloves, carry bag and compressor adapter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use a compressor instead of the exhaust?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The two-way system includes a compressor adapter. It is particularly useful when your exhaust outlet cannot make a suitable seal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the 2,000kg rating the maximum vehicle weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is the jack's lifting capacity at the lifting point. The load being lifted must stay within that capacity, and the vehicle must be positioned and secured as instructed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I work underneath the vehicle once it is lifted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNever rely on the X-Jack alone for work underneath a vehicle. Use suitable stands and follow the lifting and support instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it pack down for storage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The inflatable body collapses flat and goes into the supplied carry bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I look after it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRemove dirt, let the jack dry and inspect the body, hose and seals after use. Protect it from sharp surfaces and store it where the PVC will not be damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51942809043286,"sku":"XRRJX01","price":442.67,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Jack1.png?v=1763988537"},{"product_id":"arb-smartbar-stealthbar-ford-ranger-mk8-wildtrak-2023-onwards-6-sensor-varient","title":"ARB StealthBar | Ranger Mk8 Wildtrak 6-Sensor | XVBSA292BL291FORA8","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProtect your Wildtrak without losing the look you chose.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe StealthBar follows the Ranger's front-end contours, giving you a complete bumper replacement with a lower-profile appearance than a traditional raised bull bar. Its UV-stabilised polymer body resists rust and uses flexibility to absorb impact. This version is for the 2023+ Mk8 Wildtrak Double Cab with six front sensors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XVBSA292BL291FORA8\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose a polymer bar?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePolymer brings corrosion resistance and flexibility to a part that lives at the front of the truck. It can deform under impact and recover its shape in some strikes, rather than behaving like a rigid steel bar. That is useful protection for touring and working use, without treating every scrape as damaged paint exposing metal underneath. No bar can prevent damage in every collision.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA considered fit around your Wildtrak\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bumper-replacement design follows the original lines and wraps around the front corners. It is engineered for the vehicle's airbag system, with mounting provisions for driving lights and compatibility with the relevant ARB under-vehicle protection and recovery-point products. Those accessories are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRequired parts for the installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow for the \u003cstrong\u003eXVBSA290CRK camera and radar housing\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eXVBX3500630 flip-up number-plate kit\u003c\/strong\u003e alongside the bar. They are listed as required accessories for this application, rather than included in the bar price. Correct sensor positioning and the vehicle's calibration requirements form part of the installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMatch the model and sensor arrangement\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis SKU is for the Wildtrak Double Cab with six sensors, not a universal Mk8 Ranger bar. Other trims or sensor arrangements require their own application check. Professional installation is recommended so the bumper, protection accessories and original equipment work together as intended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB SmartBar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXVBSA292BL291FORA8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStealthBar complete bumper replacement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 Wildtrak Double Cab, 2023+, 6 sensors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV-stabilised polymer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAirbag compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngineered for the stated vehicle application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequired separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXVBSA290CRK camera\/radar housing; XVBX3500630 number-plate kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAccessory provisions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDriving-light mounts; compatible ARB protection and recovery products\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit every 2023+ Ranger?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This version is specifically for the Mk8 Wildtrak Double Cab with six front sensors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose it over a traditional steel bar?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe low-profile shape follows the Ranger's styling, while the polymer body is corrosion resistant and flexible. Those are the main reasons to choose this construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the camera housing and number-plate kit included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are separate required accessories: XVBSA290CRK and XVBX3500630.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it prevent all front-end damage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It adds front protection, but the outcome of an impact still depends on its force, direction and what is struck. The polymer's ability to recover shape is not a guarantee after every collision.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51942871957846,"sku":"XVBSA292BL291FORA8","price":3381.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Smart1.png?v=1763988995"},{"product_id":"arb-bushranger-bushranger-covert-12-000lb-synthetic-winch-mkii","title":"Bushranger Covert MkII 12,000 lb Synthetic Winch - RWG120S","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive yourself more options when you get stuck\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen your tyres can't get you out, a winch gives you another way to move your vehicle. The Bushranger Covert MkII RWG120S combines synthetic rope, wired or wireless control and an integrated design that keeps the front installation tidy. It is a practical addition for trips where you want self-recovery equipment ready to use, with capacity and mounting chosen for your loaded vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XRERWG120S\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKeep the front installation tidy\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Covert's electrical control components are built into the winch assembly, so there is no separate control box sitting on top of the bar. You get a compact installation with fewer separate items to position. The vehicle's bar or cradle, fairlead opening and clearances still need to suit the exact winch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWired or wireless control\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplied remote works wirelessly or through its wired connection. The MkII remote provides a 5 m wired lead and a 40 m wireless range. The gearbox-mounted brake holds the load, while the Covert design allows no-load powered rope payout. Plan the recovery from a safe position and follow the operating instructions throughout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHandling the synthetic rope\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSynthetic rope is easier to handle and contributes less weight than the equivalent wire-rope version. Keep it clean, inspect it for abrasion and protect it from sharp edges during recovery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe winch is supplied with 24 m of 11 mm synthetic rope, an aluminium hawse fairlead, a dual-connection remote, isolation switch, hook, pull tag and mounting hardware. The vehicle-specific winch bar or cradle, installation and other recovery equipment are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eUnderstanding the pulling capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 12,000 lb rating is first-layer line pull. Available pull reduces as more rope layers build up on the drum, and a bogged or inclined vehicle can demand far more force than its rolling weight suggests. Match the winch, mount and recovery equipment to the loaded vehicle and intended use. This is a vehicle recovery winch, not a lifting hoist.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and looking after your winch\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse a suitable winch-rated mount and have the electrical supply and isolation installed correctly. Inspect the rope, hook, fairlead and mount before use, clean them after muddy trips and follow the manual for duty cycle and cooling pauses. Recovery training is worthwhile before you need the winch on a difficult day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKeep your recovery equipment together\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-premium-recovery-kit\"\u003eARB Premium Recovery Kit\u003c\/a\u003e keeps supporting equipment together in a carry bag, including gloves, straps, a tree protector, shackles, a snatch block and a recovery damper. It is available separately. Match the accessories to the load and recovery method you are using.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBushranger Covert MkII RWG120S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eElectrical supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRated line pull\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12,000 lb on the first drum layer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRope\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 m x 11 mm synthetic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFairlead\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium hawse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eControl\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWired and wireless remote\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFitted weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34.1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 x 207 x 202 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMotor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.3 kW \/ 5.7 hp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eControl-unit arrangement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated into the winch assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrake location\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGearbox-mounted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied equipment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRope, fairlead, wired\/wireless remote, isolation switch, hook, pull tag and mounting hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRemote wired lead\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRemote wireless range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXRERWG120S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the 12,000 lb figure the weight of vehicle it can recover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is the first-layer pulling rating. Slope, ground resistance, rope layers and the recovery arrangement affect the force required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come with a remote?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Wired and wireless operation are provided by the supplied dual-connection remote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit any winch bumper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The cradle, mounting pattern, overall clearance and fairlead arrangement must suit the winch. A compatible vehicle-specific installation is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it supplied as a complete vehicle installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The winch and listed equipment are supplied; the vehicle-specific bar or cradle and fitting are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51942940803414,"sku":"XRERWG120S","price":1687.39,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/covertwinch12000mk2.webp?v=1784802102"},{"product_id":"front-bumper-winch-mount-plate-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards","title":"Truckman Winch Mount Plate - Ford Ranger Mk8 2023+ - 29WFBPAFORA8","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdd recovery capability and keep your Ranger's factory look\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you want a recovery winch without changing to a full replacement front bar, this Truckman mounting plate gives your Ranger Mk8 a purpose-built mounting position behind the original front bumper. It is designed for Ranger Mk8 Double Cab models from 2023 onwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e 29WFBPAFORA8\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA discreet place for a recovery winch\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe mount sits behind the factory bumper, keeping the familiar appearance while providing a structural mounting position for a compatible low-line winch. That is useful when you want winch capability but prefer the original front-end styling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSteel construction for a properly supported installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe heavy-duty steel plate has a black powder-coated finish. It is intended for most compatible low-line winches up to 12,000 lb, with exact winch dimensions, bolt pattern and clearances checked against the fitting arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the winch as part of the complete installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe mounting plate is one part of the recovery system. Choose the winch, suitable fairlead, electrical supply and rated recovery equipment separately, and account for their weight on the front axle and suspension.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHave the completed installation checked\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the vehicle-specific fitting instructions and a competent installer to check the bumper, mounting points, winch access and surrounding components. Any required trimming or changes need to follow those instructions for your exact Ranger.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29WFBPAFORA8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTruckman\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29WFBPAFORA8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8, 2023 onwards, Double Cab installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront-bumper winch mounting plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMounting position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBehind factory front bumper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWinch suitability\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMost compatible low-line winches up to 12,000 lb; check dimensions and mounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWinch and fairlead\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChosen separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle-specific fitting and clearance checks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the winch included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This listing supplies the mounting plate. Choose the compatible winch, fairlead, electrical connection and recovery equipment separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it retain the original bumper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is designed to place the winch behind the factory front bumper on Ranger Mk8 Double Cab models from 2023 onwards. Follow the exact fitting instructions for bumper work and clearances.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill any 12,000 lb winch fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck the low-line winch body dimensions, mounting pattern, control-box position and fairlead arrangement. The load rating alone does not establish a physical fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat else should I plan for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eInclude the winch electrical supply, safe isolation, fairlead access and rated recovery equipment. Account for the added front-end weight when checking suspension and axle loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho should fit it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA competent installer should follow the exact vehicle instructions and check the completed bumper and winch arrangement. That helps make sure mounting points and clearances are correct.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51942974882134,"sku":"29WFBPAFORA8","price":523.37,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/WinchPlate.png?v=1763989675"},{"product_id":"arb-tred-pro-recovery-boards","title":"TRED Pro Recovery Boards - Pair, Four Colour Options","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your tyres something to grip when the ground lets you down\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen your tyres are spinning into sand, mud or snow, a traction board can be a useful first recovery option. TRED Pro gives the tyre a shaped surface to climb onto, with grip underneath to help keep the board working against the ground. This listing supplies a pair, with four colour choices to suit your vehicle or make them easier to spot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eYour options\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"product-options\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eOption\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eARB TRED Pro Military Green Recovery Boards\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXRWBTREDPROMG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eARB TRED Pro Grey \u0026amp; Orange Recovery Boards\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXRWBTREDPROMGO\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eARB TRED Pro Black \u0026amp; Orange Recovery Boards\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXRWBTREDPROBOB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eARB TRED Pro Black Recovery Boards\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXRWBTREDPROBB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe shape and material both do a job\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePatented EXOTRED dual-composite construction combines the board body with glass-filled nylon resin grip teeth for wear resistance. The Sipe-Lock grip profile is designed around tyre tread features, while the curved ramp and board shape help the tyre engage as the vehicle starts to move.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe board ends can help clear loose material from around a tyre before positioning the tracks. Ergonomic handles make them easier to carry and place, and mounting points allow a suitable transport arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the colour, keep the same recovery-board format\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour options are Military Green, Grey \u0026amp; Orange, Black \u0026amp; Orange and Black. Each option is the TRED Pro pair, with its own SKU shown above. Choose a bright contrasting combination if you want easier visibility in the terrain, or a darker colour for a more discreet vehicle setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe boards are 1160 x 330 x 65mm each and stack to an 85mm paired height. The pair weighs 8.2kg. Two retrieval leashes are included to help you find and recover the boards after use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCarry and use them properly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maximum rating is 2,250kg per axle, or a vehicle up to 4,500kg within the axle limit. Place the boards as instructed, clear material where needed and apply gentle throttle to help the tyres climb onto them. Avoid excessive wheelspin, which creates heat and can damage recovery boards. They are traction aids, not bridging or loading ramps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor transport, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-tred-pro-carry-bag\"\u003eTRED Pro carry bag\u003c\/a\u003e is a matching accessory. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/tred-board-pro-quick-release-mounting-kit\"\u003equick-release mounting kit\u003c\/a\u003e is another option with a suitable rack or support; confirm its mounting arrangement suits the vehicle. Both are separate from the board pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTRED Outdoors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTRED Pro\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSale unit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePair of boards with two retrieval leashes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eColour choices\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilitary Green; Grey \u0026amp; Orange; Black \u0026amp; Orange; Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatented EXOTRED dual-composite construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eGrip profile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSipe-Lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eGrip teeth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass-filled nylon resin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBoard dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1160 x 330 x 65mm each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStacked pair height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePair weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.2kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaximum vehicle rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,500kg; maximum 2,250kg per axle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-15°C to 70°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCountry of manufacture\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAustralia\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eUses\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTraction recovery in sand, mud and snow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCarry bag\/mounting kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeparate accessories\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifetime manufacturer warranty, subject to TRED terms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the price for one board or a pair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA pair is supplied, with two retrieval leashes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo the colours change the board specification?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe four listed options are TRED Pro pairs. Choose the colour you prefer; the model and board format are the same.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use them in snow?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. TRED Pro is designed for sand, mud and snow. Follow the operating instructions and use controlled throttle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan they bridge a gap or load a vehicle onto a trailer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. They are traction boards, not bridging or loading ramps. Use equipment designed for those jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the bag and mounting kit included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-tred-pro-carry-bag\"\u003ecarry bag\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/tred-board-pro-quick-release-mounting-kit\"\u003equick-release mounting kit\u003c\/a\u003e are separate matching accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"ARB TRED Pro Military Green Recovery Boards","offer_id":51943100842326,"sku":"XRWBTREDPROMG","price":285.84,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"ARB TRED Pro Grey \u0026 Orange Recovery Boards","offer_id":51943100875094,"sku":"XRWBTREDPROMGO","price":285.84,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"ARB TRED Pro Black \u0026 Orange Recovery Boards","offer_id":51943100907862,"sku":"XRWBTREDPROBOB","price":285.84,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"ARB TRED Pro Black Recovery Boards","offer_id":51943100940630,"sku":"XRWBTREDPROBB","price":285.84,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Pro1.png?v=1763990128"},{"product_id":"arb-tred-pro-carry-bag","title":"TRED Recovery Board Carry Bag - TPBAG","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep the muddy recovery gear away from the rest of your kit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRecovery boards do their job in mud and sand, then need somewhere practical to travel. The TRED Carry Bag keeps the boards and useful recovery items together, with a large mesh pocket for wet items that need to air out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XRWTPBAG\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eStorage for boards and smaller equipment\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bag is designed for TRED Pro, TRED 1100 and TRED 800 boards. Separate compartments help organise suitable straps, shackles and other equipment, while the heavy-duty closure tab and tough handle make it straightforward to pack and carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLet wet items drain and dry\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe main fabric is durable waterproof canvas, while the oversized front pocket uses UV-stabilised mesh. The mesh is useful for damp equipment and drainage; the whole bag is not a sealed waterproof container.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSecure it where it suits your vehicle\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWebbing straps can attach the bag to a suitable spare-wheel carrier, roof rack or other appropriate restraint location. Include the bag and contents in the load calculation and keep vehicle lights and access clear. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/tred-board-pro-quick-release-mounting-kit\"\u003eTRED quick-release mounting kit\u003c\/a\u003e is a different option when you prefer the matched boards on a rigid mounting arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTRED\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXRWTPBAG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTPBAG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBoard applications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTRED Pro, TRED 1100 and TRED 800\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMain material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWaterproof canvas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFront pocket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV-stabilised mesh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOther storage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeparate equipment compartments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCarrying\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTough handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSecuring\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWebbing straps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.86kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWater protection distinction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMesh sections provide drainage rather than a sealed waterproof enclosure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the entire bag waterproof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe canvas fabric is waterproof, but the mesh front pocket is deliberately open for drainage and drying. It is not a sealed waterproof container.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it carry straps and shackles too?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe additional compartments provide storage for suitable smaller recovery equipment. Secure and pack items so they do not damage the bag or boards.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich TRED boards fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe listed applications are TRED Pro, TRED 1100 and TRED 800. Check dimensions before using another brand of board.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the recovery boards supplied?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the carry bag. Choose the boards separately.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51943145144662,"sku":"XRWTPBAG","price":72.44,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/TredProBag.png?v=1763990960"},{"product_id":"tred-board-pro-quick-release-mounting-kit","title":"TRED Pro Quick-Release Recovery Board Mounting Kit","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep your recovery boards secure and ready to grab\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRecovery boards are most useful when you can get them out quickly. The TRED Pro Quick-Release Mounting Kit gives the matching boards a dedicated mounting arrangement, with a twist-release design for access when you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XRWTQRMK\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA mounting arrangement for matching boards\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit is designed around the TRED recovery-board range and can accommodate two pairs of the same model when correctly nested. Using matching boards matters for the way they sit together and are retained.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the right attachment for the vehicle\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAluminium and polypropylene components provide a corrosion-resistant mounting design. Fit it using the specified arrangement on a suitable mounting surface. Your rack or vehicle needs its own compatible attachment system and correctly rated fasteners.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdd locking if you want it\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe mount can be secured with a suitable 6mm padlock. The padlock and vehicle mounting hardware are separate. If you prefer to carry the boards in a bag, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-tred-pro-carry-bag\"\u003eTRED carry bag\u003c\/a\u003e also provides storage for suitable smaller recovery gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTRED\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXRWTQRMK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTRED Pro quick-release mounting kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium and polypropylene\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBoard arrangement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to two pairs of the same model, correctly nested\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRelease\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwist quick release\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLock provision\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable 6mm padlock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAdditional items\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePadlock and vehicle mounting hardware selected separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it carry four boards?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe design allows two matching pairs of the same model, correctly nested and fitted to the instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I mix different board models?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stated two-pair arrangement is for boards of the same model. Do not assume different profiles nest or retain correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the padlock included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose a suitable 6mm padlock separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it attach directly to my roof rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the attachment arrangement specified for your rack and this mounting kit. A universal board mount still needs the correct rack interface and hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51943168573782,"sku":"XRWTQRMK","price":69.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/TredProUniversal.png?v=1763991284"},{"product_id":"arb-summit-bar-ranger-mk8-2022-wildtrak-platinum-with-360-camera-and-6-sensors","title":"ARB Summit MkII Bull Bar - Ford Ranger Wildtrak \/ Platinum 2022+ with 360 Camera","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProtect your Ranger and make room for the equipment you want\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Summit MkII combines substantial steel protection with a design that works around the technology in your Ranger. This 3440600 application is for the 2022+ Wildtrak or Platinum with a 360-degree camera and six front parking sensors, giving you a purposeful foundation for touring lights and a compatible winch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XVFBF3440600\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProtection that suits your Ranger\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 60.3 mm steel tubes and upswept wings give the Summit MkII a strong presence while following your Ranger's bodywork. Integrated fog, daytime-running and indicator lights keep the finished front end tidy. You get the practical protection of a steel bar with lighting designed into it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdd lights, aerials and a winch\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDriving-light and aerial provisions let you build the front setup around your trips. Winch compatibility creates the option for self-recovery equipment, but a winch and the 3540240 winch installation kit are separate. Underpanels are supplied; rated recovery points are separate accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCamera and sensor integration\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the front-camera bar application. Correct relocation and alignment of the original equipment are part of the installation, not details to leave until the end. A separate Ford software calibration is available to optimise the airbag, radar and 360-camera systems for the bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fitting involves\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe installation requires cutting the original bumper and wheel-arch flares, fitting the bar mounts, relocating relevant sensors and connecting the lighting. Professional installation is recommended. This is a permanent modification to the original bumper, not a no-cut bolt-on cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLooking after your bar\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow for the bar and any winch when assessing front axle load and suspension. Keep the finish clean after salt, mud or sand exposure, and inspect mounts, wiring and clearances as part of routine servicing and pre-trip checks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Wildtrak \/ Platinum 2022+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFactory equipment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360-degree camera and six front parking sensors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3440600\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel; 60.3 mm diameter main tubes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLighting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated fog, daytime-running and indicator lighting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eUnderpanels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWinch installation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible winch and 3540240 installation kit separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBumper and flare cutting required; professional installation recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAccessory provisions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDriving lights and aerials; accessories separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRecovery points\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeparate approved recovery points required for recovery loads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXVFBF3440600\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes fitting require cutting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The fitting guide requires the original bumper and wheel-arch flares to be cut. Factor that work into the installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I keep my 360 camera?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the camera-compatible bar application. Correct mounting and system checks are required, and the separate Ford software calibration is available for the completed setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a winch?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A compatible winch and its installation kit are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre recovery points included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Choose the correct rated recovery points for the complete installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit every 2022+ Ranger?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This offer is the Wildtrak \/ Platinum application with the camera and sensor equipment shown. Do not select it only by model year.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51981122961750,"sku":"XVFBF3440600","price":2360.51,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/MainImage1.png?v=1771160024"},{"product_id":"arb-hardlid-rigid-tonneau-cover-base-rack-mount-kit","title":"ARB HardLid BASE Rack Mount Kit - 1255 x 1285mm","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse the space above your HardLid for more equipment\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA roof platform above the lid gives larger equipment another place to travel while keeping the load bed covered. The ARB 10058244 mount kit attaches the matching 1255 x 1285mm BASE Rack to the compatible HardLid rail arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8TX10058244\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMatch the platform and lid rails\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit is designed for the 1255 x 1285mm \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-base-rack-1255mm-x-1285mm\"\u003e1770070 BASE Rack platform\u003c\/a\u003e. It attaches to the required T-shaped lid rails. The Premium HardLid has the relevant rail arrangement; the Standard HLID02B application needs the separate 10058182 rail kit where specified.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKeep cargo accessible above the lid\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith the compatible platform fitted, you can choose suitable holders and restraints for the equipment you want to carry. Our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/collections\/roof-rack-accessories\"\u003eroof rack accessories range\u003c\/a\u003e includes matched BASE Rack tie-downs and equipment holders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAccount for the complete lid load\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe platform, mounts, accessories and cargo all count towards the permitted lid and rack load. Opening and holding performance also depend on the load and correct strut selection, so use the complete HardLid instructions when choosing the installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8TX10058244\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10058244\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlatform application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB BASE Rack 1770070, 1255 x 1285mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLid interface\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible HardLid T-shaped rails\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStandard HardLid condition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHLID02B requires specified separate 10058182 rail kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlatform-to-lid mounting kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLoad calculation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlatform, mounts, accessories and cargo within complete system limit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the BASE Rack platform included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis supplies the mount kit. The matching 1770070 platform is a separate product.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a Standard HardLid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Standard HLID02B application needs the specified separate rail kit before this mount arrangement can be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use a different BASE Rack size?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the platform specified for the 10058244 kit. This application is the 1255 x 1285mm 1770070 rack.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the mount kit increase the lid carrying limit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFollow the existing limits for the complete lid and rack system, including the weight of the platform and all fitting components.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52099303997782,"sku":"8TX10058244","price":69.65,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/RackMountKit.png?v=1765973785"},{"product_id":"arb-base-rack-1255mm-x-1285mm","title":"ARB BASE Rack 1255 x 1285 mm Platform for Ranger \/ Raptor - 1770070","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your Ranger more room for the gear you love using\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 1255 x 1285 mm BASE Rack gives your Ranger or Raptor a useful extra platform for touring kit, recovery gear and everyday carrying. Pair it with the correct mounting kit for your exact vehicle and roof, then arrange the accessories to suit how you use it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XRRJ1770070\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the footprint for your Ranger roof\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 1255 x 1285 mm platform gives you a shorter load area for cases, bags and recovery equipment. Compared with the 1255 x 1445 mm platform, it is 160 mm narrower at the same length. Use that footprint to work out where your usual gear will sit, then pair this 1770070 platform with the separately purchased mounts for your exact Ranger or Raptor roof. Choose each platform with the mounting system approved for that size and vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eStrong construction without a bulky frame\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fully welded extruded aluminium construction gives the platform its strength. Internal bracing runs through the beams, adding rigidity without making the outside of the rack larger. The low profile keeps the rack close to the roof line and helps reduce wind noise, so the drive to camp can be as enjoyable as the stay.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMove accessories without unpacking everything\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe dovetail runs around the perimeter and along the edges of the internal beams. Matching clamps attach where you need them, so you can move a tie-down or accessory without sliding it past everything else in a T-slot channel. Appropriate BASE Rack adapters also let you use many existing T-slot accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKeep your roof equipment tidy\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRemovable UV-resistant corner caps give access inside the beams for concealed wiring. That is useful when adding suitable rack lights: the cables can follow a neater route instead of hanging around your luggage. The platform arrives fully assembled, ready for its mounting system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMatching accessories for the way you travel\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/collections\/roof-rack-accessories\"\u003eroof rack accessories\u003c\/a\u003e range includes BASE Rack-compatible tie-downs, recovery-board mounts, awning brackets and light mounts. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-baserack-tie-down-eyebolt-set-of-4\"\u003eBASE Rack eyebolt set\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-baserack-ratchet-strap-3-0m-set-of-2\"\u003e3 m ratchet straps\u003c\/a\u003e are useful additions for securing suitable cargo. Choose fittings marked for BASE Rack and check any accessory-specific size or load conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the right mounts and load your rack correctly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing supplies the platform. Choose the vehicle-specific mounts separately to suit your vehicle, cab or canopy. Count the rack, mounts, accessories and cargo against the permitted roof load, and follow any lower rack or mounting-system limit. Spread loads across the beams and keep within the 25 kg limit per cross beam. A larger platform gives you more packing space; your vehicle roof limit still determines how much you can carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXRRJ1770070\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1770070\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlatform dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1255 x 1285 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBASE Rack platform\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFully welded extruded aluminium with internal beam bracing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCross beams\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePlatform net weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14.3 kg; mounts and accessories add to fitted weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAccessory mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerimeter and internal-beam dovetail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAssembly\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlatform supplied fully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle-specific mounting kit purchased separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCross-beam load limit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 kg per beam; lower overall vehicle or mounting limits apply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWiring access\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemovable UV-resistant corner caps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eT-slot accessories\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible accessories require suitable BASE Rack adapters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the vehicle mounts included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The vehicle-specific mounting kit is purchased separately. Choose mounts for your exact vehicle and roof or canopy. The platform dimensions and part number identify the rack you are buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much can I carry?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the lowest applicable limit for your vehicle roof, rack and mounts, and include the weight of the fitted rack and accessories. Spread the load, keeping each cross beam within 25 kg. Off-road limits can differ from normal road limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit an awning or recovery boards?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, with the appropriate BASE Rack-compatible brackets. Our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/collections\/roof-rack-accessories\"\u003eroof rack accessories\u003c\/a\u003e range includes suitable mounting options. Check the bracket requirements for your particular awning or boards before choosing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use accessories I already own?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMany T-slot accessories can be used with suitable BASE Rack adapters. Match the adapter to the accessory and its fixing arrangement; the dovetail gives you useful flexibility in where it sits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit a rooftop tent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA compatible tent and mounting system can be used when the rack, roof and mounting limits allow it. Check the tent mounting points and both driving and parked load requirements, including the tent, people and equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I check before a trip?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck the mounting and accessory fasteners, secure each load and recheck the vehicle roof allowance when adding equipment. Follow the fitting instructions for inspection intervals and keep the dovetail contact surfaces clean.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52099317006678,"sku":"XRRJ1770070","price":608.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Untitled.png?v=1765974326"},{"product_id":"arb-high-level-breather-kit","title":"ARB Differential Breather Kit - 170112","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your drivetrain a better chance when the track gets wet\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHot differentials cool rapidly when you enter water, and that change can draw contaminants past low-mounted breathers or seals. The ARB 170112 kit moves the breathing point to a higher, filtered location, helping protect the oil and components you depend on when travelling off-road.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XADS170112\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy the higher breather matters\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDrivetrain housings need to breathe as the air inside heats and cools. The open-flow manifold lets them equalise pressure through a common filter, rather than relying on a low one-way breather. Position the filter above the water level you expect to encounter; it is the installation height that provides the benefit. The compact manifold is anodised billet aluminium, with a splash-resistant filter and washable sintered-bronze cartridge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTwo assemblies now, room for four\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe manifold accepts up to four breather lines. The supplied fittings and eight metres of 8 mm polyethylene tube cover at least two drivetrain assemblies; additional fittings and tube are needed to connect more. The larger tube helps resist blockage when oil enters a line during off-camber driving.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat comes in the kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou get the manifold, air-filter assembly, four 8 mm to 1\/8-inch BSP push-in fittings, three blanking plugs, eight metres of tubing, two self-tapping screws and 25 cable ties. Existing breather connections determine whether adapters or additional fitting work are needed. Route the tube clear of heat and allow for full suspension travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXADS170112\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170112\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManifold outlets\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour 1\/8-inch BSP breather ports\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFilter port\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4-inch NPT\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 m of 8 mm polyethylene tubing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied push-in fittings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour, 8 mm to 1\/8-inch BSP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBlanking plugs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMounting hardware\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo self-tapping screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCable ties\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInitial coverage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAt least two drivetrain assemblies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eExpanded coverage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to four, with additional tubing and fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFiltered manifold above expected water level; connections and routing suit the vehicle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManifold material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnodised billet aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAir filter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSplash-resistant, with washable high-flow sintered-bronze cartridge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it make my vehicle waterproof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It raises and filters the drivetrain breathing point; it does not seal the rest of your vehicle or increase its wading rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I connect the gearbox and transfer case?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, suitable drivetrain breathers can share the four-outlet manifold. The supplied material covers at least two assemblies, with extra tube and fittings needed for further connections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere should the filter go?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA high, accessible position above the water level you expect to encounter, with the lines kept clear of exhaust heat and moving parts.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52099399057750,"sku":"XADS170112","price":59.15,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/1_78bdbf9d-1706-4e35-8f3a-36173ac5fd20.png?v=1765975002"},{"product_id":"arb-hardlid-rigid-premium-tonneau-cover-next-gen-ford-ranger-2023","title":"ARB Premium HardLid Tonneau Cover - Ford Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 2023+","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep your gear covered and your Ranger looking the part\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour Ranger can carry plenty, but an open tub leaves everyday equipment on show and exposed to the weather. The ARB Premium HardLid gives it a rigid, lockable aluminium cover, with a useful load-carrying surface above. The rails, locking system and interior light make this the more fully equipped HardLid package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8TXSLBLPFORA8D\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eEasy access, even when you arrive late\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe four-bar hinge moves the lid up and back as it opens, giving clearance away from the cab. Gas struts support it while you load, and the interior light helps you find your equipment when you finish work late or arrive at camp after dark. The central-locking system is part of this Premium package, so locking up is part of everyday use rather than a feature to add later.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMake use of the space above the lid\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Premium accessory rails have T-slot attachment along the top and dovetail mounting along the sides for compatible carrying accessories. Bags and tools can stay covered in the tub while suitable equipment travels above them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lid is rated for 150 kg dynamically while driving and 380 kg statically while parked, subject to the vehicle, tub, reinforcement and mounting limits. Count bars, brackets and other fitted equipment in the load and use the lowest applicable limit. The lid rating does not increase your vehicle's payload.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA solid cover for everyday equipment\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 3 mm aluminium treadplate lid and black powder-coated frame give your equipment a rigid cover, with a practical textured finish on top. A correctly fitted lid keeps everyday gear covered and out of direct view while leaving the tub useful for work and trips. Weather protection depends on the complete tub and tailgate sealing; the load bed is not a waterproof storage box.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat comes with the Premium cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Premium package includes the HardLid, accessory rails, central-locking system and interior light. Racks, crossbars, tents and other carrying equipment are separate. If you are adding a compatible BASE Rack platform, our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-hardlid-rigid-tonneau-cover-base-rack-mount-kit\"\u003eHardLid BASE Rack mounting kit\u003c\/a\u003e provides the matching mounting arrangement and is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting your Ranger\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eInstallation needs to account for your tub liner and any existing accessories. The Ranger requires the correct J-Brace reinforcement before the cover is fitted. Our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/j-brace-kit-ford-ranger-mk8-volkswagen-amarok-mk3-2023-onwards\"\u003estandard Ranger J-Brace kit\u003c\/a\u003e is for the standard Ranger application, not the Raptor. Wildtrak installations also require the appropriate replacement tub-top trims. Have the lid aligned, sealed and its electrical equipment connected correctly, then check the opening clearance with any load-carrying accessories installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 2023+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVersion\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium HardLid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLid material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm aluminium treadplate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFrame finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDynamic lid rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg, subject to the complete installation limits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStatic lid rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380 kg, subject to the complete installation limits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePremium equipment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAccessory rails, central-locking system and interior light\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOpening mechanism\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour-bar hinge with gas-strut assistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAccessory rails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot along the top; dovetail along the sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLoad-rating conditions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle, tub, reinforcement and mounting limits apply; include carrying hardware in the load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRequired fitting parts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCorrect J-Brace reinforcement; replacement tub-top trims for Wildtrak\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8TXSLBLPFORA8D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I mount a rack on it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, with the correct HardLid mounts and a compatible rack. Count the rack and mounts as part of the load and stay within the lowest applicable vehicle, tub and cover limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much can I carry on it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lid rating is 150 kg while driving and 380 kg while parked. Include the mounting and carrying equipment in that weight and stay within any lower vehicle, tub or installation limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it turn the tub into a waterproof box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The lid covers the load area, but water and dust protection also depend on the tub, tailgate seals and installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the price include a roof rack or tent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The cover package is supplied; racks, tents and other load-carrying accessories are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52256304890198,"sku":"8TXSLBLPFORA8D","price":2415.29,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Hardlid1.png?v=1767785901"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-medium-load-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards","title":"ARB OME BP-51 Ford Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 40 mm Lift Kit, 0-300 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmoother driving on rough roads and tracks.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis BP-51 kit gives the 2023+ Ranger Mk8 Double Cab a 40 mm lift and adjustable internal-bypass shocks. The 0-300 kg constant-load spring specification suits a lightly equipped truck. It is a way to improve ride comfort and control without fitting springs intended for a much heavier permanent load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSKU \/ part number: \u003cstrong\u003eXSABP51LFORA8DK\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBetter control over bumps\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBP-51 allows the suspension to move more freely around its normal ride height, helping soften smaller bumps. As it approaches full compression or extension, the damping increases to slow the movement. Internal bypass passages control the oil flow, allowing the shocks to provide a comfortable response to smaller bumps while controlling larger suspension movements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right spring rating\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis version is designed for 0-300 kg of constant additional rear load. Include equipment and cargo normally carried at the rear, such as a canopy, drawers, tools or camping gear. The weight of occasional luggage alone is not a reason to choose heavier springs. Springs that are too stiff for your usual load can make the ride less comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjusting compression and rebound\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompression adjustment changes how strongly the shock resists being compressed by a bump. Rebound adjustment changes how it controls the suspension as it extends again. You can adjust the two separately with the shocks fitted. Start with the settings supplied for your vehicle, then make small changes to suit the ride you prefer. The adjusters are on the shocks themselves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront coils and 2 front BP-51 shocks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 rear leaf springs and 2 rear BP-51 shocks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreasable shackles, 2 spring-bush kits and 4 U-bolts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriveline spacer kit and bump-stop adapters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eKit reference: \u003cstrong\u003eXSABP51LFORA8DK\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIf your usual load is different\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the same Ranger generation and Double Cab application, compare the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-300kg-constant-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards\"\u003e300-600 kg Mk8 kit\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-600kg-constant-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards\"\u003e600 kg+ Mk8 kit\u003c\/a\u003e. Choose around your normal carried weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting and wheel alignment are recommended. Set the spring preload and damping for the vehicle configuration, then check clearances and the final ride height with the normal load aboard. The quoted lift is a kit specification; the final height depends on the vehicle and its equipment. This kit does not itself increase the vehicle's permitted payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Old Man Emu\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBP-51\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSABP51LFORA8DK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 Double Cab, 2023+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstant additional rear load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0-300 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal bypass, position-sensitive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHard-anodised 6061 aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndependent external compression and rebound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does constant load mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe additional weight normally carried at the rear, including permanent accessories and regular load-bed cargo. This kit is rated for 0-300 kg; choose the spring specification around that everyday weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill the strongest springs give me the best ride?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Springs intended for a much heavier constant load can be the wrong choice for a lightly equipped truck. The right spring rate and sensible damping settings matter more than choosing the highest number.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust it without removing the shocks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Compression and rebound can be adjusted independently with the shocks installed. You access the adjusters at the shocks; this is not electronic in-cab adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the lift increase my payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A suspension lift and load-matched springs do not, by themselves, change the vehicle's permitted payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this the Ranger Raptor suspension kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the specified Ranger Mk8 Double Cab kit. The Raptor has a different suspension layout.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52648123040086,"sku":"XSABP51LFORA8DK","price":3626.56,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/BPR1.png?v=1763753693"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-600kg-constant-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards","title":"ARB OME BP-51 Ford Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 40 mm Lift Kit, 600 kg+","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBetter ride comfort with heavy equipment on board.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis BP-51 kit is for a 2023+ Ranger Mk8 Double Cab carrying 600 kg or more of constant additional rear load. It combines springs suited to that weight with adjustable shocks and a 40 mm lift. If your Ranger carries heavy equipment every day, the right spring rate and damping can make it more comfortable to drive and better controlled over rough ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSKU \/ part number: \u003cstrong\u003eXSABP51HFORA8DK\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBetter control over bumps\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBP-51 allows the suspension to move more freely around its normal ride height, helping soften smaller bumps. As it approaches full compression or extension, the damping increases to slow the movement. Internal bypass passages control the oil flow, allowing the shocks to provide a comfortable response to smaller bumps while controlling larger suspension movements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right spring rating\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis version is designed for 600 kg+ of constant additional rear load. Include equipment and cargo normally carried at the rear, such as a canopy, drawers, tools or camping gear. The weight of occasional luggage alone is not a reason to choose heavier springs. Springs that are too stiff for your usual load can make the ride less comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjusting compression and rebound\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompression adjustment changes how strongly the shock resists being compressed by a bump. Rebound adjustment changes how it controls the suspension as it extends again. You can adjust the two separately with the shocks fitted. Start with the settings supplied for your vehicle, then make small changes to suit the ride you prefer. The adjusters are on the shocks themselves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 front coil-over assemblies and 2 rear BP-51 shocks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 rear leaf springs, 2 spring-bush kits and a greasable-shackle kit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 U-bolts, 2 BP-51 fitting kits, a driveline spacer kit and bump-stop adapters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eKit reference: \u003cstrong\u003eXSABP51HFORA8DK\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIf your usual load is different\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the same Ranger generation and Double Cab application, compare the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-medium-load-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards\"\u003e0-300 kg Mk8 kit\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-300kg-constant-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards\"\u003e300-600 kg Mk8 kit\u003c\/a\u003e. Choose around your normal carried weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting and wheel alignment are recommended. Set the spring preload and damping for the vehicle configuration, then check clearances and the final ride height with the normal load aboard. The quoted lift is a kit specification; the final height depends on the vehicle and its equipment. This kit does not itself increase the vehicle's permitted payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Old Man Emu\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBP-51\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSABP51HFORA8DK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 Double Cab, 2023+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstant additional rear load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 kg+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal bypass, position-sensitive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHard-anodised 6061 aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndependent external compression and rebound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does constant load mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe additional weight normally carried at the rear, including permanent accessories and regular load-bed cargo. This kit is rated for 600 kg+; choose the spring specification around that everyday weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill the strongest springs give me the best ride?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Springs intended for a much heavier constant load can be the wrong choice for a lightly equipped truck. The right spring rate and sensible damping settings matter more than choosing the highest number.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust it without removing the shocks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Compression and rebound can be adjusted independently with the shocks installed. You access the adjusters at the shocks; this is not electronic in-cab adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the lift increase my payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A suspension lift and load-matched springs do not, by themselves, change the vehicle's permitted payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this the Ranger Raptor suspension kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the specified Ranger Mk8 Double Cab kit. The Raptor has a different suspension layout.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52648146239830,"sku":"XSABP51HFORA8DK","price":3936.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/BPR1.png?v=1763753693"},{"product_id":"arb-ascent-hardtop-canopy-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards-double-cab","title":"ARB Ascent Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 2023+ Hardtop Canopy","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep your gear within reach, wherever the Ranger takes you\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Ascent makes the Ranger's load bed easier to live with every day. Open a side window at the push of a button, reach the kit you need and lock the canopy with the vehicle. A clean, colour-matched shell, tinted glass and an interior light turn the back of the pickup into a more usable place for tools, luggage and touring equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium Metallic - (PMYHT)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8HX2H7MAFORA8D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGBP 3,751.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArctic White - (PMYFU)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8HX2H7WAFORA8D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGBP 3,751.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue Lightening - (PN4E3)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8HX2H7LBFORA8D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGBP 3,751.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbonised Grey - (PN4JA)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8HX2H7ZCFORA8D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGBP 3,751.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCode Orange - (PN4JP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8HX2H7OCFORA8D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGBP 3,751.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConquer Grey - (PN4GD)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8HX2H7GCFORA8D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGBP 3,751.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCyber Orange - PN4JF)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8HX2H7OZFORA8D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGBP 3,751.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLudic Red - (PN4HQ)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8HX2H7RLFORA8D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGBP 3,751.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMeteor Grey - (PMYHR)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8HX2H7GMFORA8D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGBP 3,751.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSedona Orange - (PN4GR)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8HX2H7OSFORA8D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGBP 3,751.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChill Grey (PMYH6)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8HX2H7GLFORA8D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGBP 3,751.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eReach your gear from either side\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lift-up side windows put more of the load bed within reach. Electric push-button releases and slam-shut latches keep opening and closing simple, while the rear door has a manual key override. Integrated central locking uses the vehicle locking system, so securing the canopy becomes part of locking the truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eUseful details for work and weekends\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTinted safety glass helps screen the contents, and the interior LED makes it easier to find things when daylight fades. A slim high-flow vent helps reduce dust entering around the rear of the canopy. The rear spoiler incorporates an LED brake light, and the 9 mm ABS shell follows the shape of the pickup for an integrated appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMatch the paint code\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the actual vehicle paint code as well as the colour name. Similar names can describe different finishes; the options shown here are the canopies we offer for this application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting to your pickup\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the 2023+ Ford Ranger Mk8 Double Cab. A vehicle-specific J-brace is required and separate: use \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/j-brace-kit-ford-ranger-mk8-volkswagen-amarok-mk3-2023-onwards\"\u003eXAAC4140135 for the standard Ranger\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/j-brace-kit-ford-ranger-raptor-mk8-2023-onwards\"\u003eXAAC4140138 for the Ranger Raptor\u003c\/a\u003e. The two braces are not interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFitting instructions are supplied. Plan the installation around any bed liner and existing load-bed accessories, and include the canopy and carried equipment in the payload calculation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIf you want to carry equipment on the roof\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA roof rack needs the appropriate canopy support system and a load limit matched to the whole installation. With the correct internal support system fitted, the canopy's approximate roof-load ratings are 100 kg while driving and 350-400 kg when stationary, depending on the vehicle and installation. Roof-carrying equipment is separate; use the lowest applicable limit for the finished setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAscent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 Double Cab, 2023+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShell\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 mm ABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide access\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric push-button lift-up windows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle-integrated central locking; rear key override\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTinted safety glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLighting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInterior LED and rear LED brake light\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelected paint code\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCanopy warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJ-brace\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequired, vehicle-specific and separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo the side windows open?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The lift-up windows have electric push-button releases, so you can reach the load bed from either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it lock with the truck?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Ascent integrates with the vehicle's central locking. The rear door also has a manual key override, so you can still open it if the battery is flat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre roof bars or a roof tent included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the canopy. Roof-carrying equipment and the appropriate support arrangement are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the vent make the load bed dustproof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The high-flow vent helps reduce dust ingress. Seals, the tailgate and the rest of the installation still affect how well the load area keeps dust out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I choose the colour?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the vehicle paint code alongside the colour name. Select the matching option from the table.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Aluminium Metallic - (PMYHT)","offer_id":52648220328278,"sku":"8HX2H7MAFORA8D","price":3751.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Arctic White - (PMYFU)","offer_id":52648220361046,"sku":"8HX2H7WAFORA8D","price":3751.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue Lightening - (PN4E3)","offer_id":52648220393814,"sku":"8HX2H7LBFORA8D","price":3751.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Carbonised Grey - (PN4JA)","offer_id":52648220459350,"sku":"8HX2H7ZCFORA8D","price":3751.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Code Orange - (PN4JP)","offer_id":52648220492118,"sku":"8HX2H7OCFORA8D","price":3751.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Conquer Grey - (PN4GD)","offer_id":52648220524886,"sku":"8HX2H7GCFORA8D","price":3751.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cyber Orange - PN4JF)","offer_id":52648220557654,"sku":"8HX2H7OZFORA8D","price":3751.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ludic Red - (PN4HQ)","offer_id":52648220590422,"sku":"8HX2H7RLFORA8D","price":3751.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Meteor Grey - (PMYHR)","offer_id":52648220623190,"sku":"8HX2H7GMFORA8D","price":3751.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sedona Orange - (PN4GR)","offer_id":52648220655958,"sku":"8HX2H7OSFORA8D","price":3751.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chill Grey (PMYH6)","offer_id":55633271128406,"sku":"8HX2H7GLFORA8D","price":3751.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Ascent1.png?v=1771536722"},{"product_id":"arb-ascent-hardtop-canopy-volkswagen-amarok-double-cab-2023-onwards","title":"ARB Ascent Amarok Double Cab 2023+ Hardtop Canopy","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA canopy that feels part of your Amarok\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis Ascent combines a colour-matched finish with the details that make a hardtop pleasant to use: push-button lift-up side windows, vehicle-integrated central locking and interior lighting. You can reach gear from either side of the bed instead of working everything through the tailgate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelected option\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8HX2H7BBVWAM3D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour: Bright Blue - (4R)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8HX2H7BMVWAM3D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour: Mid Blue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8HX2H7GDVWAM3D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour: Dark Grey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8HX2H7GLVWAM3D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour: Light Grey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8HX2H7KMVWAM3D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour: Midnight Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8HX2H7RDVWAM3D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour: Deep Red\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8HX2H7WCVWAM3D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour: Clear White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the colour and SKU shown in the options shown here. Bright Blue 4R remains available as SKU \u003cstrong\u003e8HX2H7BBVWAM3D\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eReach your gear from either side\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lift-up side windows put more of the load bed within reach. Electric push-button releases and slam-shut latches keep opening and closing simple, while the rear door has a manual key override. Integrated central locking uses the vehicle locking system, so securing the canopy becomes part of locking the truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eUseful details for work and weekends\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTinted safety glass helps screen the contents, and the interior LED makes it easier to find things when daylight fades. A slim high-flow vent helps reduce dust entering around the rear of the canopy. The rear spoiler incorporates an LED brake light, and the 9 mm ABS shell follows the shape of the pickup for an integrated appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the colour for your Amarok\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose from the colour options listed below and match the paint code to your Amarok.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting to your pickup\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the 2023+ Volkswagen Amarok Double Cab. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/j-brace-kit-ford-ranger-mk8-volkswagen-amarok-mk3-2023-onwards\"\u003eXAAC4140135 J-brace\u003c\/a\u003e is required and supplied separately. Fitting instructions are included with the canopy. Plan around any bed liner and existing accessories, and include the canopy and carried equipment in the payload calculation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIf you want to carry equipment on the roof\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA roof rack needs the appropriate canopy support system and a load limit matched to the whole installation. With the correct internal support system fitted, the canopy's approximate roof-load ratings are 100 kg while driving and 350-400 kg when stationary, depending on the vehicle and installation. Roof-carrying equipment is separate; use the lowest applicable limit for the finished setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAscent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVolkswagen Amarok Double Cab, 2023+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShell\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 mm ABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide access\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric push-button lift-up windows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle-integrated central locking; rear key override\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTinted safety glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLighting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInterior LED and rear LED brake light\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelected colour \/ paint code\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCanopy warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJ-brace\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequired, vehicle-specific and separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo the side windows open?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The lift-up windows have electric push-button releases, so you can reach the load bed from either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it lock with the truck?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Ascent integrates with the vehicle's central locking. The rear door also has a manual key override, so you can still open it if the battery is flat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre roof bars or a roof tent included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the canopy. Roof-carrying equipment and the appropriate support arrangement are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the vent make the load bed dustproof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The high-flow vent helps reduce dust ingress. Seals, the tailgate and the rest of the installation still affect how well the load area keeps dust out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich colour am I buying?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSelect the matching colour option. Bright Blue 4R and the six additional colours are listed separately; confirm the vehicle paint code before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Bright Blue - (4R)","offer_id":52648227111254,"sku":"8HX2H7BBVWAM3D","price":3751.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Mid Blue","offer_id":55633267491158,"sku":"8HX2H7BMVWAM3D","price":3751.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Grey","offer_id":55633267523926,"sku":"8HX2H7GDVWAM3D","price":3751.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Grey","offer_id":55633267556694,"sku":"8HX2H7GLVWAM3D","price":3751.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Midnight Black","offer_id":55633267589462,"sku":"8HX2H7KMVWAM3D","price":3751.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Deep Red","offer_id":55633267622230,"sku":"8HX2H7RDVWAM3D","price":3751.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Clear White","offer_id":55633267654998,"sku":"8HX2H7WCVWAM3D","price":3751.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Ascent1.png?v=1771536722"},{"product_id":"j-brace-kit-ford-ranger-mk8-volkswagen-amarok-mk3-2023-onwards","title":"ARB J-Brace Kit - Ranger \/ Amarok Double Cab 2023+ | 4140135","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your canopy the support it needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA canopy turns your pickup bed into a far more useful space for work and weekends away. The ARB 4140135 J-Brace Kit provides supplementary tub reinforcement for the matched Ranger Mk8 and Amarok Mk3 Double Cab canopy installation, helping you fit the supporting hardware as part of the job.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XAAC4140135\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eReinforcement beneath the canopy\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit supplies left and right J-braces with the matching packers, nut plates and installation fasteners. They support the intended canopy installation through the specified mounting positions in the tub.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the brace for your build date\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis application is for the Ford Ranger Mk8 and Volkswagen Amarok Mk3 Double Cab 2023+ vehicles covered by the pre-October 2024 tub-brace requirement. Later vehicles or tubs with the required reinforcement already installed need their existing hardware checked before an additional kit is chosen.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFit it as part of the canopy installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fitting process involves access behind the wheel-arch trim, drilling and riveted or bolted connections at the specified positions. Fitting it alongside the canopy avoids treating the reinforcement as an afterthought. Follow the vehicle and canopy instructions together; the brace does not increase the vehicle payload or canopy load rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXAAC4140135\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4140135\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 \/ Volkswagen Amarok Mk3 Double Cab 2023+, applicable pre-October 2024 build\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePurpose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplementary tub reinforcement for the matched canopy installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMain contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeft and right J-braces, packers, nut plates and listed installation hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncludes drilling and access behind wheel-arch trim\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLoad ratings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle and canopy limits remain applicable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy fit this when adding a canopy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe canopy installation needs the specified support in the tub. This supplementary brace kit supplies the matching reinforcement components so they can be fitted with the canopy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this the Raptor kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Ranger Raptor uses the separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/j-brace-kit-ford-ranger-raptor-mk8-2023-onwards\"\u003e4140138 J-Brace Kit\u003c\/a\u003e. This 4140135 application is for the matched Ranger Mk8 and Amarok Mk3 installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes every 2023+ Ranger need another brace kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe pre-October 2024 build requirement and any reinforcement already fitted determine whether this kit is needed. Check the existing tub hardware as part of the installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it let me carry more weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the original vehicle payload and the load limit of the complete canopy or rack installation. The brace supplies required reinforcement rather than an additional payload allowance.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52648238973270,"sku":"XAAC4140135","price":166.73,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/J-BraceKitFordRangerMk8_VolkswagenAmarokMk3_2023Onwards.png?v=1771537285"},{"product_id":"j-brace-kit-ford-ranger-raptor-mk8-2023-onwards","title":"ARB Ranger Raptor Mk8 2023+ J-Brace Kit - 4140138","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSupport the accessories you want on your Raptor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA HardLid or bed rack makes your Raptor more useful for carrying equipment and keeping the load bed organised. The 4140138 J-Brace Kit provides the supplementary tub reinforcement specified for the matched ARB installation on the Ranger Raptor Mk8 2023+.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XAAC4140138\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe Raptor-specific brace kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the 4140138 kit for the Raptor application. The current ARB application guide specifies it with the matched HardLid installation and lists it alongside the compatible bed rack, making the reinforcement part of the accessory installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFit the support with the accessory\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eInstall the J-brace to the relevant ARB instructions before completing the lid or rack installation. Keep the complete system within its load limits and account for the weight of any racks, mounts and accessories before adding cargo.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXAAC4140138\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4140138\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Raptor Mk8 2023+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFunction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplementary tub reinforcement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMatched applications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpecified ARB HardLid \/ Bed Rack installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaptor-specific application; separate from 4140135\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this the same kit as the standard Ranger J-brace?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Raptor application uses 4140138. The separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/j-brace-kit-ford-ranger-mk8-volkswagen-amarok-mk3-2023-onwards\"\u003e4140135 Ranger and Amarok kit\u003c\/a\u003e has its own application and should not be substituted.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it just an optional accessory?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the matched Raptor HardLid installation, the J-brace is specified as mandatory. The compatible bed rack is also listed with this reinforcement in the ARB application guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes this change the carrying limit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe carrying limit remains that of the complete vehicle, lid or rack installation. Include the weight of the accessories and mounting equipment within that limit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52648240447830,"sku":"XAAC4140138","price":166.73,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/J-BraceKitFordRangerMk8_VolkswagenAmarokMk3_2023Onwards_3b466b9b-7fed-4357-bd16-a58b1b6e232d.png?v=1771537457"},{"product_id":"arb-base-rack-ascent-canopy-mount-kit-suits-mk8-ford-ranger-raptor-2023-onwards-1835mm-x-1155mm","title":"ARB BASE Rack Ascent Canopy Mount Kit - Mk8 Ford Ranger\/Raptor (2023+) 1835mm x 1155mm Roof Rack","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMake more room for the gear you want to take\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCarry bulky equipment above your Ascent canopy with the 1835 x 1155 mm ARB BASE Rack kit for your Mk8 Ranger or Ranger Raptor from 2023. It gives you another place for suitable camping, recovery or work equipment while keeping the load bed available.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XRR1770010ASCMK\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFully welded extruded aluminium and internal bracing give the platform strength without a separate subframe. The low profile helps reduce wind noise, making longer journeys more comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDovetail mounting channels run around the perimeter and along both sides of the cross beams. Position compatible accessory mounts where they suit the load, and make use of the removable UV-resistant aluminium corner caps for concealed cable routing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe platform arrives assembled with mounting hardware. Match the kit to your vehicle and ARB Ascent canopy, and include the rack, mounts, accessories and cargo in the load calculation. Use the lowest applicable limit for the complete installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXRR1770010ASCMK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoof Rack \/ Ascent Canopy Mount Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMk8 Ford Ranger and Ranger Raptor, 2023 onwards, with ARB Ascent canopy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlatform Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1835 x 1155 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFully welded extruded aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReinforcement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal bracing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting System\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDovetail accessory mounting system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArrives fully assembled with mounting hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable access\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemovable UV-resistant aluminium corner caps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich canopy does it fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis kit is for a matching ARB Ascent canopy on the Mk8 Ford Ranger or Ranger Raptor from 2023.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I choose accessory mounts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse mounts compatible with the BASE Rack dovetail system and your accessory. Most existing T-slot accessories can be adapted with suitable mounting hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52648244347222,"sku":"XRR1770010ASCMK","price":1244.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/ARBBASERackAscentCanopyMountKitSuitsMk8FordRangerRaptor.png?v=1771537655"},{"product_id":"arb-baserack-ascent-canopy-mount-kit-1545-x-1285-mk8-ranger-raptor-2023-onwards","title":"ARB BaseRack Ascent Canopy Mount Kit 1545 x 1285 - Mk8 Ranger \u0026 Raptor (2023+) Roof Rack","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMake more room for the gear you want to take\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCarry bulky equipment above your Ascent canopy with the 1545 x 1285 mm ARB BASE Rack kit for your Mk8 Ranger or Ranger Raptor from 2023. It gives you another place for suitable camping, recovery or work equipment while keeping the load bed available.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XRR1770020ASCMK\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFully welded extruded aluminium and internal bracing give the platform strength without a separate subframe. The low profile helps reduce wind noise, making longer journeys more comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDovetail mounting channels run around the perimeter and along both sides of the cross beams. Position compatible accessory mounts where they suit the load, and make use of the removable UV-resistant aluminium corner caps for concealed cable routing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe platform arrives assembled with mounting hardware. Match the kit to your vehicle and ARB Ascent canopy, and include the rack, mounts, accessories and cargo in the load calculation. Use the lowest applicable limit for the complete installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXRR1770020ASCMK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoof Rack \/ Ascent Canopy Mount Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMk8 Ford Ranger and Ranger Raptor, 2023 onwards, with ARB Ascent canopy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlatform Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1545 x 1285 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFully welded extruded aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReinforcement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal bracing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting System\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDovetail accessory mounting system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArrives fully assembled with mounting hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable access\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemovable UV-resistant aluminium corner caps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich canopy does it fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis kit is for a matching ARB Ascent canopy on the Mk8 Ford Ranger or Ranger Raptor from 2023.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I choose accessory mounts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse mounts compatible with the BASE Rack dovetail system and your accessory. Most existing T-slot accessories can be adapted with suitable mounting hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52648248017238,"sku":"XRR1770020ASCMK","price":1211.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/ARBBASERackAscentCanopyMountKitSuitsMk8FordRangerRaptor.png?v=1771537655"},{"product_id":"safari-armax-4-0-air-ram-snorkel-kit-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards","title":"Safari ARMAX SS987HPD Snorkel - Ranger Mk8 Super\/Extra Cab 2023+","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGet your Ranger ready for dustier tracks and wetter days\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGive your Ranger a raised air intake for the dusty tracks and wet weather that come with travelling further. The Safari SS987HPD ARMAX snorkel routes air from a higher intake position into the factory air cleaner, with a 4-inch water-separating air ram and a durable Australian-made body.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XAASS987HPD\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA raised intake for dusty and wet conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoving the intake higher helps reduce exposure to the dust and splash around a lower intake. The air ram separates rainwater from the incoming air stream before it reaches the snorkel body. Your existing air filter still handles engine filtration, so normal filter inspection remains part of looking after the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAirflow matched to your engine\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ARMAX design gives extra airflow capacity for suitable performance modifications, while retaining the raised-intake function. Its 4-inch air ram and vehicle-specific ducting feed the stock air cleaner. More available airflow is useful in a correctly matched setup; it is not a promise of a particular power gain from the snorkel alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMade for repeated outdoor use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUV-stable, cross-linked polyethylene gives the snorkel body durability in sun and outdoor exposure. Stainless steel hardware and the supplied connection hose secure the system to the vehicle and air cleaner. The kit includes the model-specific mounting parts, templates and installation guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe right kit and a properly sealed installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis page covers the Ford Ranger Mk8 2023+ Super\/Extra Cab with 2.0-litre Bi-Turbo or 3.0-litre V6 turbo diesel. Installation involves cutting and drilling using the supplied templates, protecting cut edges and sealing the intake connections. Professional fitting helps achieve a tidy result and check the complete intake path. Some aftermarket side rails conflict with the ARMAX mounting position; check that combination before fitting. Increased induction sound at low rpm is possible with SS987HPD.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXAASS987HPD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafari 4x4 Engineering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSS987HPD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFamily\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARMAX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8, 2023 onwards, Super\/Extra Cab\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eEngine application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0-litre Bi-Turbo or 3.0-litre V6 turbo diesel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAir ram\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4-inch; water-separating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSnorkel body\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV-stable cross-linked polyethylene\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eHardware\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCorrosion-resistant stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eConnection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle-specific hose to factory air cleaner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMounting side\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRight-hand side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSnorkel body, air ram, model-specific connection and mounting parts, templates and instructions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting, drilling, edge protection and sealed connections\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSide-rail compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSome aftermarket side rails conflict with installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInduction sound\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncreased low-rpm sound possible\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich engine does this snorkel fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis SS987HPD kit is for the Ford Ranger Mk8 2023+ Super\/Extra Cab with 2.0-litre Bi-Turbo or 3.0-litre V6 turbo diesel. Match the kit to that engine and the stated body application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it replace the air filter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe snorkel routes air to the factory air cleaner. Keep using the correct air filter and inspect it regularly, particularly after dusty trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the air ram remove rainwater?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The ram separates rainwater from incoming air before it enters the snorkel body. Correct hose connections and sealing remain important to the complete intake system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it add power?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eARMAX adds airflow capacity for a suitably matched performance setup. Actual power depends on the engine, calibration and other modifications; the snorkel alone does not establish a guaranteed gain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit it myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes templates and fitting guidance, but fitting requires cutting, drilling, protecting the cut edges and sealing the intake. Professional installation is a sensible choice if you are not equipped for that work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes a snorkel increase the safe wading depth?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the vehicle's stated wading limit and assess conditions before entering water. A raised, properly sealed intake helps protect the intake path, but other vehicle components still have their own limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose ARMAX or V-Spec?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the 2.0 Bi-Turbo or 3.0 V6 diesel Mk8 Ranger, ARMAX adds airflow capacity for a matched performance setup. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/safari-air-ram-3-5-snorkel-kit-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards\"\u003e3.5-inch V-Spec SS987HFD\u003c\/a\u003e is another option for its stated diesel applications.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52648255521110,"sku":"XAASS987HPD","price":649.24,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Snorkel2.png?v=1771538007"},{"product_id":"safari-air-ram-3-5-snorkel-kit-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards","title":"Safari V-Spec SS987HFD Snorkel - Ford Ranger Mk8 2023+","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGet your Ranger ready for dustier tracks and wetter days\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGive your Ranger a raised air intake for the dusty tracks and wet weather that come with travelling further. The Safari SS987HFD V-Spec snorkel routes air from a higher intake position into the factory air cleaner, with a 3.5-inch water-separating air ram and a durable Australian-made body.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XAASS987HFD\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA raised intake for dusty and wet conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoving the intake higher helps reduce exposure to the dust and splash around a lower intake. The air ram separates rainwater from the incoming air stream before it reaches the snorkel body. Your existing air filter still handles engine filtration, so normal filter inspection remains part of looking after the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAirflow matched to your engine\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe V-Spec design is tested to match the original engine's air-intake requirements. Its traditional 3.5-inch air ram and model-specific ducting make it a practical choice when you want the raised intake for touring and off-road use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMade for repeated outdoor use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUV-stable, cross-linked polyethylene gives the snorkel body durability in sun and outdoor exposure. Stainless steel hardware and the supplied connection hose secure the system to the vehicle and air cleaner. The kit includes the model-specific mounting parts, templates and installation guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe right kit and a properly sealed installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis page covers the Ford Ranger Mk8 2023+ Double Cab or Super\/Extra Cab with 2.0-litre single-turbo or Bi-Turbo, or 3.0-litre V6 turbo diesel. Installation involves cutting and drilling using the supplied templates, protecting cut edges and sealing the intake connections. Professional fitting helps achieve a tidy result and check the complete intake path.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXAASS987HFD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafari 4x4 Engineering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSS987HFD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFamily\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eV-Spec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8, 2023 onwards, Double Cab or Super\/Extra Cab\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eEngine application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0-litre single-turbo or Bi-Turbo, or 3.0-litre V6 turbo diesel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAir ram\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5-inch; water-separating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSnorkel body\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV-stable cross-linked polyethylene\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eHardware\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCorrosion-resistant stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eConnection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle-specific hose to factory air cleaner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMounting side\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRight-hand side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSnorkel body, air ram, model-specific connection and mounting parts, templates and instructions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting, drilling, edge protection and sealed connections\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich engine does this snorkel fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis SS987HFD kit is for the Ford Ranger Mk8 2023+ Double Cab or Super\/Extra Cab with 2.0-litre single-turbo or Bi-Turbo, or 3.0-litre V6 turbo diesel. Match the kit to that engine and the stated body application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it replace the air filter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe snorkel routes air to the factory air cleaner. Keep using the correct air filter and inspect it regularly, particularly after dusty trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the air ram remove rainwater?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The ram separates rainwater from incoming air before it enters the snorkel body. Correct hose connections and sealing remain important to the complete intake system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it add power?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eV-Spec raises the intake while supplying the air your engine needs in its original configuration. Its value is the higher intake position and water-separating air ram. Choose it for those functions; fitting a snorkel alone does not establish a power increase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit it myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes templates and fitting guidance, but fitting requires cutting, drilling, protecting the cut edges and sealing the intake. Professional installation is a sensible choice if you are not equipped for that work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes a snorkel increase the safe wading depth?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the vehicle's stated wading limit and assess conditions before entering water. A raised, properly sealed intake helps protect the intake path, but other vehicle components still have their own limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose ARMAX or V-Spec?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose V-Spec for a raised intake matched to your diesel engine's original airflow needs. If your Ranger Mk8 2023+ is a Super\/Extra Cab with the 2.0 Bi-Turbo or 3.0 V6 turbo diesel engine, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/safari-armax-4-0-air-ram-snorkel-kit-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards\"\u003e4-inch ARMAX SS987HPD\u003c\/a\u003e adds airflow capacity for a suitably matched performance setup. The linked ARMAX kit covers that Super\/Extra Cab application.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52648268759382,"sku":"XAASS987HFD","price":470.09,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Snorkel2_e737b319-47ef-472f-a49e-5ec92ea4cfb3.png?v=1771538634"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-nitrocharger-suspension-kit-600kg-constant-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards","title":"Old Man Emu Nitrocharger Suspension Kit - Ford Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 2023+ - 600 kg constant rear load","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your heavily loaded Ranger the suspension it needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen a canopy, drawers and equipment add a constant 600 kg at the rear, spring choice matters every time you drive. This Old Man Emu kit pairs load-matched springs with Nitrocharger dampers, supporting the weight of your setup while controlling suspension movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSANITP60040FORA8DK\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow the springs and shocks work together\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe springs support your vehicle and the equipment you carry. The shocks control that movement, helping the vehicle settle after a bump instead of continuing to bounce. Nitrocharger damping is developed for the vehicle and its intended load, with matched springs and shocks working together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith the right springs for your regular load, the shocks can keep your vehicle more settled over rough roads. You get a more comfortable drive as well as the extra ground clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right spring rating\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 600 kg constant rear load specification refers to additional weight that remains at the rear in normal use, such as permanently fitted storage and equipment. Choose it for that regular load. Occasional holiday luggage alone is not a reason to fit heavy constant-load springs: a spring selected for much more weight than you carry can make the unloaded ride firmer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you are buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe package includes front coils, two front and two rear dampers, two rear leaf springs, a greasable shackle kit, two bush kits, four U-bolts, a driveline spacer kit and a bump-stop adapter kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and looking after your suspension\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHave the kit installed and aligned with your normal equipment load taken into account. The 40 mm lift is approximate; actual ride height depends on the vehicle, accessories and load. Check brake-line, driveline and tyre clearances as part of the installation, then follow the fitting instructions for fastener checks and ongoing care.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 2023+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDamper range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu Nitrocharger\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRear-load specification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 kg constant rear load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eApproximate lift\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuspension parts kit; fitting and alignment separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSANITP60040FORA8DK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill this increase my legal payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a suspension kit, not a GVM or axle-rating upgrade. Your vehicle, axle and tyre limits still apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it still ride well when the vehicle is empty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe result depends on matching the spring specification to your usual load. Heavy constant-load springs can feel firm when the equipment they are designed to support is removed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much lift does it give?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe approximate lift is 40 mm. Actual ride height depends on the starting suspension height, equipment and load, so have it set up and aligned with your normal equipment on board.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the price include fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe order is for the suspension parts. Fitting and wheel alignment are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52648274297174,"sku":"XSANITP60040FORA8DK","price":2118.61,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/OldManEmuNitrochargerSuspensionKit600kgConstant40mmLiftFordRangerMk8_2023Onwards_1.png?v=1771538275"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-nitrocharger-suspension-kit-300kg-constant-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards","title":"Old Man Emu Nitrocharger Suspension Kit - Ford Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 2023+ - 300 kg constant rear load","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA more comfortable drive with your everyday equipment on board\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA regular 300 kg rear load changes what you need from your Ranger suspension. This Old Man Emu Nitrocharger kit matches the springs and dampers to that use, making it a sensible upgrade for a working or touring pickup whose accessories stay fitted between trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSANITP30040FORA8DK\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow the springs and shocks work together\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe springs support your vehicle and the equipment you carry. The shocks control that movement, helping the vehicle settle after a bump instead of continuing to bounce. Nitrocharger damping is developed for the vehicle and its intended load, with matched springs and shocks working together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith the right springs for your regular load, the shocks can keep your vehicle more settled over rough roads. You get a more comfortable drive as well as the extra ground clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right spring rating\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 300 kg constant rear load specification refers to additional weight that remains at the rear in normal use, such as permanently fitted storage and equipment. Choose it for that regular load. Occasional holiday luggage alone is not a reason to fit heavy constant-load springs: a spring selected for much more weight than you carry can make the unloaded ride firmer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you are buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe package includes front coils, two front and two rear dampers, two rear leaf springs, a greasable shackle kit, two bush kits, four U-bolts, a driveline spacer kit and a bump-stop adapter kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and looking after your suspension\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHave the kit installed and aligned with your normal equipment load taken into account. The 40 mm lift is approximate; actual ride height depends on the vehicle, accessories and load. Check brake-line, driveline and tyre clearances as part of the installation, then follow the fitting instructions for fastener checks and ongoing care.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 2023+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDamper range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu Nitrocharger\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRear-load specification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 kg constant rear load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eApproximate lift\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuspension parts kit; fitting and alignment separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSANITP30040FORA8DK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill this increase my legal payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a suspension kit, not a GVM or axle-rating upgrade. Your vehicle, axle and tyre limits still apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it still ride well when the vehicle is empty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe result depends on matching the spring specification to your usual load. Heavy constant-load springs can feel firm when the equipment they are designed to support is removed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much lift does it give?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe approximate lift is 40 mm. Actual ride height depends on the starting suspension height, equipment and load, so have it set up and aligned with your normal equipment on board.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the price include fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe order is for the suspension parts. Fitting and wheel alignment are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52648280293718,"sku":"XSANITP30040FORA8DK","price":1925.52,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/OldManEmuNitrochargerSuspensionKit600kgConstant40mmLiftFordRangerMk8_2023Onwards_1.png?v=1771538275"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-nitrocharger-medium-load-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards","title":"Old Man Emu Nitrocharger Suspension Kit - Ford Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 2023+ - 0-300 kg rear load","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnjoy your Ranger on the road and the rough tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis Old Man Emu Nitrocharger kit suits a Ranger carrying a 0-300 kg rear load. Its matched springs and dampers give you a planned suspension upgrade for lighter work or touring setups, without defaulting to the stiffest spring option just because you occasionally load the tub.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSANITLFORA8DK\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow the springs and shocks work together\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe springs support your vehicle and the equipment you carry. The shocks control that movement, helping the vehicle settle after a bump instead of continuing to bounce. Nitrocharger damping is developed for the vehicle and its intended load, with matched springs and shocks working together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith the right springs for your regular load, the shocks can keep your vehicle more settled over rough roads. You get a more comfortable drive as well as the extra ground clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right spring rating\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 0-300 kg rear-load specification is for a lighter equipment or cargo setup. Include the weight of permanent accessories as well as the load you usually carry. If your vehicle carries a heavier rear load all the time, use a kit chosen for that weight; buying the stiffest springs by default can cost you comfort when lightly loaded.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you are buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe package includes front coils, two front and two rear dampers, two rear leaf springs, a greasable shackle kit, two bush kits, four U-bolts, a driveline spacer kit and a bump-stop adapter kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and looking after your suspension\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHave the kit installed and aligned with your normal equipment load taken into account. The 40 mm lift is approximate; actual ride height depends on the vehicle, accessories and load. Check brake-line, driveline and tyre clearances as part of the installation, then follow the fitting instructions for fastener checks and ongoing care.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 2023+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDamper range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu Nitrocharger\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRear-load specification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0-300 kg rear load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eApproximate lift\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuspension parts kit; fitting and alignment separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSANITLFORA8DK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill this increase my legal payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a suspension kit, not a GVM or axle-rating upgrade. Your vehicle, axle and tyre limits still apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it still ride well when the vehicle is empty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe result depends on matching the spring specification to your usual load. Heavy constant-load springs can feel firm when the equipment they are designed to support is removed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much lift does it give?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe approximate lift is 40 mm. Actual ride height depends on the starting suspension height, equipment and load, so have it set up and aligned with your normal equipment on board.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the price include fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe order is for the suspension parts. Fitting and wheel alignment are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52648361787734,"sku":"XSANITLFORA8DK","price":1689.64,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/OldManEmuNitrochargerSuspensionKit600kgConstant40mmLiftFordRangerMk8_2023Onwards_1.png?v=1771538275"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/collections\/ARB_Logo.png?v=1780436633","url":"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/collections\/arb.oembed?page=28","provider":"Hoonies Adrenaline","version":"1.0","type":"link"}